TWI554338B - Pattern forming method, substrate having transparent conductive film, image display device and electronic equipment for image displaying - Google Patents

Pattern forming method, substrate having transparent conductive film, image display device and electronic equipment for image displaying Download PDF

Info

Publication number
TWI554338B
TWI554338B TW104120663A TW104120663A TWI554338B TW I554338 B TWI554338 B TW I554338B TW 104120663 A TW104120663 A TW 104120663A TW 104120663 A TW104120663 A TW 104120663A TW I554338 B TWI554338 B TW I554338B
Authority
TW
Taiwan
Prior art keywords
pattern
liquid
linear liquid
substrate
parallel line
Prior art date
Application number
TW104120663A
Other languages
Chinese (zh)
Other versions
TW201617140A (en
Inventor
新妻直人
大屋秀信
山內正好
小俣猛憲
Original Assignee
柯尼卡美能達股份有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 柯尼卡美能達股份有限公司 filed Critical 柯尼卡美能達股份有限公司
Publication of TW201617140A publication Critical patent/TW201617140A/en
Application granted granted Critical
Publication of TWI554338B publication Critical patent/TWI554338B/en

Links

Classifications

    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B05SPRAYING OR ATOMISING IN GENERAL; APPLYING FLUENT MATERIALS TO SURFACES, IN GENERAL
    • B05DPROCESSES FOR APPLYING FLUENT MATERIALS TO SURFACES, IN GENERAL
    • B05D1/00Processes for applying liquids or other fluent materials
    • B05D1/26Processes for applying liquids or other fluent materials performed by applying the liquid or other fluent material from an outlet device in contact with, or almost in contact with, the surface
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B05SPRAYING OR ATOMISING IN GENERAL; APPLYING FLUENT MATERIALS TO SURFACES, IN GENERAL
    • B05DPROCESSES FOR APPLYING FLUENT MATERIALS TO SURFACES, IN GENERAL
    • B05D3/00Pretreatment of surfaces to which liquids or other fluent materials are to be applied; After-treatment of applied coatings, e.g. intermediate treating of an applied coating preparatory to subsequent applications of liquids or other fluent materials
    • B05D3/02Pretreatment of surfaces to which liquids or other fluent materials are to be applied; After-treatment of applied coatings, e.g. intermediate treating of an applied coating preparatory to subsequent applications of liquids or other fluent materials by baking
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H01ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
    • H01BCABLES; CONDUCTORS; INSULATORS; SELECTION OF MATERIALS FOR THEIR CONDUCTIVE, INSULATING OR DIELECTRIC PROPERTIES
    • H01B13/00Apparatus or processes specially adapted for manufacturing conductors or cables
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H01ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
    • H01BCABLES; CONDUCTORS; INSULATORS; SELECTION OF MATERIALS FOR THEIR CONDUCTIVE, INSULATING OR DIELECTRIC PROPERTIES
    • H01B5/00Non-insulated conductors or conductive bodies characterised by their form
    • H01B5/14Non-insulated conductors or conductive bodies characterised by their form comprising conductive layers or films on insulating-supports

Description

圖案形成方法、附透明導電膜基材、畫像顯示裝置及畫像顯示用電子機器 Pattern forming method, transparent conductive film substrate, image display device, and electronic device for image display

本發明,係有關於圖案形成方法、附透明導電膜基材、裝置以及電子機器,更詳細而言,係有關於具備有藉由乾燥而在液體之緣部選擇性的堆積功能性材料而進行圖案化之工程之圖案形成方法、以及藉由該方法所得到的附透明導電膜基材、裝置以及電子機器。 The present invention relates to a pattern forming method, a transparent conductive film substrate, an apparatus, and an electronic device, and more particularly, to a functional material that is selectively deposited on the edge of a liquid by drying. A pattern forming method for patterning engineering, and a transparent conductive film substrate, device, and electronic device obtained by the method.

作為形成包含有功能性材料之細線圖案的方法,於先前技術中,係廣泛使用有利用光微影法之方法。然而,光微影法技術,由於材料之損耗係為多,且工程係變得複雜,因此,係對於能夠對此些課題作改善的方法有所檢討。 As a method of forming a fine line pattern containing a functional material, a method using a photolithography method is widely used in the prior art. However, in the photolithography method, since the loss of materials is large and the engineering system is complicated, the method for improving these problems is reviewed.

例如,係存在有藉由噴墨法等來將包含功能性材料之液滴連續性地賦予至基材處,而形成細線圖案之方法。然而,在通常之噴墨法中,係並無法將細線之寬幅 設為所吐出之液滴的直徑以下,而並無法形成數μm之線寬幅的細線圖案。 For example, there is a method of forming a fine line pattern by continuously applying a droplet containing a functional material to a substrate by an inkjet method or the like. However, in the usual inkjet method, the width of the thin line cannot be obtained. It is assumed that the diameter of the discharged droplets is equal to or smaller than the diameter of the droplets of several μm.

作為由噴墨法所進行之細線形成的嘗試,係存在有預先在基材之全面上塗布撥液劑,並照射雷射而使撥液劑之一部分親水化,以形成由撥液部分和親水部分所成之圖案,再對於該親水部分而藉由噴墨來賦予液滴並形成細線之方法。然而,此方法,由於係需要塗布撥液劑並藉由雷射來進行圖案化,因此,係有著會使工程變得複雜之課題。 As an attempt to form a fine line by an inkjet method, there is a method in which a liquid-repellent agent is applied to a whole substrate in advance, and a laser is irradiated to partially hydrophilize one of the liquid-repellent agents to form a liquid-repellent portion and a hydrophilic portion. A partially formed pattern, and a method of imparting droplets by ink jetting to form a thin line for the hydrophilic portion. However, in this method, since it is necessary to apply a liquid-repellent and to perform patterning by laser, there is a problem that the engineering is complicated.

相對於此,係周知有:利用液滴內部之對流來使液滴中之身為固形量的功能性材料堆積在液滴之周邊部,並藉由液滴來形成微細之寬幅的圖案之方法(專利文獻1)。若依據此方法,則並不需要進行特別之工程,便成為能夠形成液滴之直徑以下的數μm之寬幅之細線。 On the other hand, it is known that a functional material having a solid amount in a liquid droplet is deposited on the peripheral portion of the liquid droplet by convection inside the liquid droplet, and a fine wide pattern is formed by the liquid droplet. Method (Patent Document 1). According to this method, it is not necessary to carry out special work, and it becomes a thin line which can form a width of several micrometers below the diameter of a droplet.

又,在專利文獻2中,係記載有使用此方法來形成導電性微粒子之微細之寬幅的環並將此作複數連結而形成透明導電膜的內容。 Further, Patent Document 2 describes a method in which a fine and wide ring of conductive fine particles is formed by this method, and the transparent conductive film is formed by a plurality of connections.

然而,在此些之方法中,為了作出導電路徑,環的交點會變多,而有著會使透明性降低的課題。 However, in such methods, in order to make a conductive path, the intersection of the rings is increased, and there is a problem that the transparency is lowered.

針對此,本案申請人,係提案有下述之技術:亦即是,將賦予為線狀之液體中的導電性材料藉由該液體之移動來分離至緣部處,並形成由一對之細線所成之平行線圖案,並進而形成由該平行線圖案所成之透明導電膜(專利文獻3)。 In view of this, the applicant of the present invention has proposed a technique in which a conductive material imparted to a linear liquid is separated to the edge by the movement of the liquid, and is formed by a pair. The parallel line pattern formed by the thin lines further forms a transparent conductive film formed by the parallel line pattern (Patent Document 3).

〔先前技術文獻〕 [Previous Technical Literature] 〔專利文獻〕 [Patent Document]

[專利文獻1]日本特開2005-95787號公報 [Patent Document 1] Japanese Patent Laid-Open Publication No. 2005-95787

[專利文獻2]WO2011/051952 [Patent Document 2] WO2011/051952

[專利文獻3]日本特開2014-38992號公報 [Patent Document 3] Japanese Patent Laid-Open Publication No. 2014-38992

當將由平行線圖案所成之透明導電膜例如作為在畫像顯示裝置中所使用之透明電極來使用的情況時,係得知了:就算是該圖案自身係身為難以被作視覺辨認而透明性為佳者,在將此組入至畫像顯示裝置中時,也會有視覺辨認到波紋(干涉紋)的情況。 When a transparent conductive film formed by a parallel line pattern is used as, for example, a transparent electrode used in an image display device, it is known that even if the pattern itself is difficult to be visually recognized, transparency is obtained. For the best, when this group is incorporated into the image display device, the ripple (interference pattern) is visually recognized.

針對此,係得知了:藉由構成為不會相對於畫像顯示裝置所具備之圖案(例如,畫像陣列之圖案)的形成方向而使平行線圖案之形成方向成為相同之方向,係能夠防止波紋。 In view of this, it is known that the direction in which the parallel line patterns are formed is the same in the direction in which the pattern of the image display device (for example, the pattern of the image array) is formed in the same direction. ripple.

為了具體性地實現此構成,係可考慮對於被形成有由平行線圖案所成之透明導電膜的基材之切出方向作變更,但是,於此情況,係容易導致面取之效率的損失。 In order to achieve this configuration in detail, it is conceivable to change the cutting direction of the substrate on which the transparent conductive film formed by the parallel line pattern is formed, but in this case, it is easy to cause loss of surface extraction efficiency. .

另一方面,雖然亦可考慮將相對於基材之平行線圖案的形成方向作變更,但是,在如同專利文獻3中 所記載一般而沿著噴墨頭之移動方向來形成線狀液體的情況時,係成為需要進行相對於基材之噴墨頭的配置角度之變更等的工程,而在使生產性提昇之觀點上存在有課題。 On the other hand, although it is also conceivable to change the direction in which the parallel line pattern is formed with respect to the substrate, as in Patent Document 3, When it is described that the linear liquid is formed along the moving direction of the inkjet head, it is necessary to change the arrangement angle of the inkjet head with respect to the substrate, and the productivity is improved. There are problems on it.

在形成包含平行線圖案之圖案時,若是能夠並不損及生產性地而使相對於基材之圖案形成方向的自由度提昇,則係亦能夠適當地防止上述之波紋一般的問題。 When the pattern including the parallel line pattern is formed, if the degree of freedom in the pattern forming direction with respect to the substrate can be improved without impairing the productivity, the above-described problem of the corrugation can be appropriately prevented.

因此,本發明之課題,係在於提供一種能夠並不損及生產性地而使相對於基材之圖案形成方向的自由度提昇之圖案形成方法、和藉由該方法所得到的附透明導電膜基材、裝置以及電子機器。 Therefore, an object of the present invention is to provide a pattern forming method capable of improving the degree of freedom in the pattern forming direction with respect to a substrate without impairing productivity, and a transparent conductive film obtained by the method. Substrates, devices, and electronic machines.

又,本發明之其他課題,係可依據以下之記載而成為更加明瞭。 Further, other problems of the present invention will become more apparent from the following description.

上述課題,係藉由以下之各發明而作了解決。 The above problems are solved by the following inventions.

1.一種圖案形成方法,其特徵為:在一面使液滴吐出裝置相對於基材而作相對移動一面從該液滴吐出裝置之複數之噴嘴來在前述基材上吐出由包含有功能性材料之液體所成之液滴時,於基材上而成為合併為一之對象的相互鄰接之至少1組之液滴,係不論是在相對移動之方向以及與該相對移動方向相正交的方向之何者上均空出有間隔地來作配置,並以使此些之液滴合併為一的方式,來對於該液滴之液滴容量以及前述間隔之其中一方或雙方作調 整,藉由使將前述液滴合併為一所形成之線狀液體乾燥,來在該線狀液體之緣部處堆積前述功能性材料並形成包含該功能性材料之圖案。 A pattern forming method for discharging a droplet discharge device from a plurality of nozzles of a droplet discharge device on a substrate while containing a functional material while moving relative to a substrate When the liquid droplets are formed on the substrate, at least one set of droplets adjacent to each other that are merged into one object is in a direction orthogonal to the direction of movement and a direction orthogonal to the relative movement direction. Any one of them is arranged at intervals, and the droplets of the droplets and one or both of the intervals are adjusted in such a manner that the droplets are combined into one. By laminating the droplets into a linear liquid formed, the functional material is deposited on the edge of the linear liquid and a pattern containing the functional material is formed.

2.如前述1所記載之圖案形成方法,其中,於前述線狀液體之形成中,係將對相對於前述液滴吐出裝置之噴嘴列而被平行地作配置的像素組從複數之噴嘴所賦予之液滴組,於與噴嘴列相交叉之方向上作複數組之賦予,並使複數組之前述液滴組合併為一,而形成朝與噴嘴列相交叉之方向而延伸的前述線狀液體。 2. The pattern forming method according to the above 1, wherein, in the formation of the linear liquid, a plurality of nozzles are arranged in parallel with respect to a nozzle row of the droplet discharge device. The set of droplets is provided as a complex array in a direction intersecting the nozzle row, and the droplets of the complex array are combined to form one, and the aforementioned line extending in a direction crossing the nozzle row is formed liquid.

3.如前述1或2所記載之圖案形成方法,其中,係以將使前述液滴合併為一所形成的前述線狀液體之緣部之直線性提高的方式,來對於前述液滴容量以及前述間隔之其中一方或雙方作調整。 3. The pattern forming method according to the above 1 or 2, wherein the droplet capacity and the droplet capacity are improved by combining the droplets to form a linear portion of the linear liquid formed One or both of the aforementioned intervals are adjusted.

4.如前述1~3中之任一者所記載之圖案形成方法,其中,係將用以形成1個的前述線狀液體而從1個的前述噴嘴所吐出之總液滴容量V[pL]、和在與前述複數之噴嘴之前述相對移動方向相正交的方向上之噴嘴列解析度R[npi],此兩者之積V‧R[pL‧npi],調整為4.32×104[pL‧npi]以上5.18×105[pL‧npi]以下之範圍。 4. The pattern forming method according to any one of the above 1 to 3, wherein a total liquid droplet volume V [pL] is discharged from one of the nozzles for forming one of the linear liquids. And a nozzle column resolution R[npi] in a direction orthogonal to the aforementioned relative movement direction of the plurality of nozzles, and the product V‧R[pL‧npi] of the two is adjusted to 4.32×10 4 [pL‧npi] The range below 5.18 × 10 5 [pL‧npi].

5.如前述1~4中之任一者所記載之圖案形成方法,其中,係藉由階度之調整來調整前述液滴容量。 5. The pattern forming method according to any one of the above 1 to 4, wherein the droplet volume is adjusted by adjustment of the gradation.

6.如前述1~5中之任一者所記載之圖案形成方法,其中,從前述液滴吐出裝置所吐出之前述液滴的在前述基材上之接觸角,係為10[°]以上30[°]以下之範圍。 6. The pattern forming method according to any one of the above 1 to 5, wherein a contact angle of the liquid droplets discharged from the liquid droplet discharging device on the substrate is 10 [°] or more The range below 30 [°].

7.如前述1~6中之任一者所記載之圖案形成方法,其中,係藉由前述相對移動所致之一次的通過來形成1個或複數之前述線狀液體。 7. The pattern forming method according to any one of the above 1 to 6, wherein one or a plurality of the linear liquids are formed by one pass of the relative movement.

8.如前述1~7中之任一者所記載之圖案形成方法,其中,在藉由前述相對移動所致之一次的通過來形成相互平行之複數之前述線狀液體時,係藉由對於該線狀液體之賦予間隔作調整,來抑制當使相鄰之前述線狀液體乾燥時的相互干涉。 8. The pattern forming method according to any one of the above 1 to 7, wherein, when the linear liquid which is parallel to each other is formed by one pass of the relative movement, The interval between the linear liquids is adjusted to suppress mutual interference when the adjacent linear liquid is dried.

9.如前述1~8中之任一者所記載之圖案形成方法,其中,在藉由前述相對移動所致之一次的通過來形成相互平行之複數之前述線狀液體時,係將該線狀液體之賦予間隔之調整,藉由對於從各個前述噴嘴而吐出前述液滴之時間間隔、以及前述液滴吐出裝置之相對於基材的相對移動速度,此些之其中一方或雙方作調整,來進行之。 9. The pattern forming method according to any one of the above 1 to 8, wherein the linear liquid which is parallel to each other is formed by one pass of the relative movement, and the line is The adjustment of the interval between the liquids is adjusted by one or both of the time interval at which the droplets are ejected from the respective nozzles and the relative movement speed of the droplet discharge device relative to the substrate. Come and do it.

10.如前述1~9中之任一者所記載之圖案形成方法,其中,在藉由前述相對移動所致之一次的通過來形成相互平行之複數之前述線狀液體時,係將該線狀液體之賦予間隔,調整為400[μm]以上。 The method of forming a pattern according to any one of the above 1 to 9, wherein the linear liquid is formed by a plurality of parallel liquids which are parallel to each other by the relative movement. The interval between the liquids is adjusted to 400 [μm] or more.

11.如前述1~10中之任一者所記載之圖案形成方法,其中,係以對前述液滴之合併為一作促進的方式,而將用以形成1個的前述線狀液體而從相互鄰接之前述噴嘴所各別吐出之包含前述功能性材料之液體的最大吐出時間差Δtmax,調整為200[ms]以下。 11. The pattern forming method according to any one of the above 1 to 10, wherein, in order to promote the combination of the droplets, one of the linear liquids is formed to be formed from each other The maximum discharge time difference Δt max of the liquid containing the functional material discharged from the adjacent nozzles is adjusted to 200 [ms] or less.

12.如前述1~11中之任一者所記載之圖案形 成方法,其中,係在前述基材上賦予第1之前述線狀液體,並在使該第1線狀液體乾燥的過程中使該功能性材料選擇性地堆積於緣部,而形成藉由包含有該功能性材料之2根的線段所構成之第1平行線圖案,接著,在前述基材上,以與前述第1平行線圖案之形成區域相交叉的方式而賦予第2之前述線狀液體,並在使該第2線狀液體乾燥的過程中使該功能性材料選擇性地堆積於緣部,而形成藉由包含有該功能性材料之2根的線段所構成之第2平行線圖案,藉由此,來形成使前述第1平行線圖案與前述第2平行線圖案在至少1個的交點處而相交之圖案。 12. The pattern shape as described in any one of the above 1 to 11. In the method of providing the first linear liquid on the substrate, and selectively depositing the functional material on the edge during drying of the first linear liquid, a first parallel line pattern including two line segments of the functional material, and then the second line is provided on the substrate so as to intersect the formation region of the first parallel line pattern Forming a liquid, and selectively depositing the functional material on the edge portion during drying of the second linear liquid to form a second parallel line formed by two line segments including the functional material The line pattern forms a pattern in which the first parallel line pattern and the second parallel line pattern intersect at at least one intersection.

13.如前述12所記載之圖案形成方法,其中,針對構成前述第2平行線圖案之前述2根的線段間之間隔,係以在前述第1平行線圖案之形成區域內的平均間隔A和在前述第1平行線圖案之形成區域外的平均間隔B會滿足下述式(1)的方式,來進行調整:0.9≦B/A≦1.1‧‧‧式(1)。 The pattern forming method according to the above 12, wherein the interval between the two line segments constituting the second parallel line pattern is an average interval A between the formation regions of the first parallel line patterns. The average interval B outside the formation region of the first parallel line pattern satisfies the following formula (1), and is adjusted: 0.9 ≦ B / A ≦ 1.1 ‧ ‧ formula (1)

14.如前述13所記載之圖案形成方法,其中,作為用以滿足前述式(1)之調整,係將前述第1平行線圖案之形成區域內的表面能和前述第1平行線圖案之形成區域外的表面能之間之差,設為5mN/m以下。 14. The pattern forming method according to the above-mentioned item 13, wherein the surface energy in the formation region of the first parallel line pattern and the formation of the first parallel line pattern are satisfied as the adjustment to satisfy the expression (1) The difference between the surface energies outside the area is set to 5 mN/m or less.

15.如前述13所記載之圖案形成方法,其中,作為用以滿足前述式(1)之調整,係將塗布前述第1線狀液體中所包含的功能性材料並使其乾燥之平塗面的表面能和前述第1平行線圖案之形成區域外的表面能之間之 差,設為5mN/m以下。 15. The pattern forming method according to the above-mentioned item 13, wherein the coating material for applying the functional material contained in the first linear liquid is applied and dried to satisfy the adjustment of the above formula (1). Between the surface energy and the surface energy outside the formation region of the first parallel line pattern The difference is set to 5 mN/m or less.

16.如前述13所記載之圖案形成方法,其中,作為用以滿足前述式(1)之調整,係將在前述第1平行線圖案之形成區域內的前述第2線狀液體之接觸角和在前述第1平行線圖案之形成區域外的前述第2線狀液體之接觸角之間之差,設為10°以下。 16. The pattern forming method according to the above-described item 13, wherein the contact angle of the second linear liquid in the region where the first parallel line pattern is formed is adjusted to satisfy the adjustment of the above formula (1). The difference between the contact angles of the second linear liquid outside the formation region of the first parallel line pattern is 10 or less.

17.如前述13所記載之圖案形成方法,其中,作為用以滿足前述式(1)之調整,係將在塗布前述第1線狀液體中所包含的功能性材料並使其乾燥之平塗面處的前述第2線狀液體之接觸角和在前述第1平行線圖案之形成區域外的前述第2線狀液體之接觸角之間之差,設為10°以下。 17. The pattern forming method according to the above-mentioned item 13, wherein the adjustment of the formula (1) is performed by applying a functional material contained in the first linear liquid and drying it. The difference between the contact angle of the second linear liquid on the surface and the contact angle of the second linear liquid outside the formation region of the first parallel line pattern is 10 or less.

18.如前述13所記載之網格狀之功能性圖案之形成方法,其中,作為用以滿足前述式(1)之調整,係將在前述第1平行線圖案之形成區域外的前述第2線狀液體中之溶劑中的沸點為最高之溶劑的接觸角,設為6°以下。 18. The method of forming a grid-like functional pattern according to the above-described item 13, wherein the adjustment to satisfy the expression (1) is performed by the second portion outside the formation region of the first parallel line pattern. The contact angle of the solvent having the highest boiling point among the solvents in the linear liquid is set to 6 or less.

19.如前述13所記載之圖案形成方法,其中,作為用以滿足前述式(1)之調整,係使在前述第1平行線圖案之形成區域內的前述第2線狀液體之每單位長度之液體賦予量、和在前述第1平行線圖案之形成區域外的前述第2線狀液體之每單位長度之液體賦予量,此兩者互為相異。 The method of forming a pattern according to the above-described item 13, wherein the adjustment of the expression (1) is performed per unit length of the second linear liquid in a region where the first parallel line pattern is formed. The liquid application amount and the liquid application amount per unit length of the second linear liquid outside the formation region of the first parallel line pattern are different from each other.

20.如前述13所記載之圖案形成方法,其中, 作為用以滿足前述式(1)之調整,係在形成了前述第1平行線圖案之後,於賦予前述第2線狀液體之前,將包含前述第1平行線圖案之形成區域內的區域作洗淨。 20. The pattern forming method according to the above 13, wherein In order to satisfy the adjustment of the above formula (1), after the first parallel line pattern is formed, the area in the formation region including the first parallel line pattern is washed before the second linear liquid is supplied. net.

21.如前述20所記載之圖案形成方法,其中,作為前述洗淨,係進行從由加熱所致之洗淨、由電磁波所致之洗淨、由溶劑所致之洗淨、由氣體所致之洗淨以及由電漿所致之洗淨中所選擇的1種或2種以上之組合的洗淨。 The pattern forming method according to the above 20, wherein the washing is performed by washing by heating, washing by electromagnetic waves, washing by a solvent, or gas. Washing of one or a combination of two or more selected from the washing and the washing by the plasma.

22.如前述1~21中之任一者所記載之圖案形成方法,其中,在前述線狀液體之乾燥時,係施加促進乾燥之處理。 The pattern forming method according to any one of the above 1 to 21, wherein, in the drying of the linear liquid, a treatment for promoting drying is applied.

23.如前述1~22中之任一者所記載之圖案形成方法,其中,從前述液滴吐出裝置所吐出之前述液體之功能性材料含有率,係為0.01重量%以上1重量%以下之範圍。 The method of forming a pattern according to any one of the above-mentioned items, wherein the content of the functional material of the liquid discharged from the droplet discharge device is 0.01% by weight or more and 1% by weight or less. range.

24.如前述1~23中之任一者所記載之圖案形成方法,其中,前述功能性材料,係為導電性材料或導電性材料前驅物。 The pattern forming method according to any one of the above 1 to 23, wherein the functional material is a conductive material or a conductive material precursor.

25.一種附透明導電膜基材,其特徵為:係於基材表面上,具備有包含藉由如前述1~24中之任一者所記載之圖案形成方法所形成的圖案之透明導電膜。 A transparent conductive film substrate comprising a transparent conductive film comprising a pattern formed by the pattern forming method according to any one of 1 to 24 above, which is provided on a surface of a substrate. .

26.一種裝置,其特徵為:係具備有如前述25所記載之附透明導電膜基材。 An apparatus comprising the transparent conductive film substrate as described in 25 above.

27.一種電子機器,其特徵為:係具備有如前 述26所記載之裝置。 27. An electronic machine characterized in that it is provided as before The device described in 26.

若依據本發明,則係能夠提供一種不會損及生產性並能夠使對於基材之圖案形成方向的自由度提昇之圖案形成方法以及藉由該方法所得到的附透明導電膜基材、畫像顯示裝置以及畫像顯示用電子機器。 According to the present invention, it is possible to provide a pattern forming method which can improve the degree of freedom in pattern formation direction of a substrate without impairing productivity, and a transparent conductive film substrate and image obtained by the method. Display device and electronic device for image display.

1‧‧‧基材 1‧‧‧Substrate

2‧‧‧第1線狀液體 2‧‧‧1st linear liquid

20‧‧‧液滴 20‧‧‧ droplets

3‧‧‧第1平行線圖案 3‧‧‧1st parallel line pattern

31、32‧‧‧線段(細線) 31, 32‧‧‧ line segment (thin line)

4‧‧‧第2線狀液體 4‧‧‧2nd linear liquid

5‧‧‧第2平行線圖案 5‧‧‧2nd parallel line pattern

51、52‧‧‧線段(細線) 51, 52‧‧ ‧ line segment (thin line)

6‧‧‧圖案 6‧‧‧ pattern

7‧‧‧液滴吐出裝置 7‧‧‧Drop ejection device

71‧‧‧噴墨頭 71‧‧‧Inkjet head

72‧‧‧噴嘴 72‧‧‧ nozzle

8‧‧‧乾燥裝置 8‧‧‧Drying device

9‧‧‧托架 9‧‧‧ bracket

D‧‧‧相對於基材之液滴吐出裝置的相對移動方向 D‧‧‧ Relative movement direction of the droplet discharge device relative to the substrate

E‧‧‧基材之搬送方向 E‧‧‧Transport direction of substrate

X‧‧‧交叉部 X‧‧‧Intersection

[圖1]係為對於從線狀液體而形成平行線圖案的模樣作概念性說明之立體剖面圖。 Fig. 1 is a perspective cross-sectional view conceptually illustrating a pattern in which a parallel line pattern is formed from a linear liquid.

[圖2]對於形成線狀液體之方法的其中一例(比較例)作概念性說明之平面圖。 Fig. 2 is a plan view conceptually illustrating one example (comparative example) of a method of forming a linear liquid.

[圖3]對於形成網格狀之圖案之方法的其中一例(比較例)作概念性說明之平面圖。 Fig. 3 is a plan view conceptually illustrating an example (comparative example) of a method of forming a grid-like pattern.

[圖4]對於從藉由圖3中所示之方法而形成有圖案的基材所進行之面取作概念性說明之平面圖。 Fig. 4 is a plan view conceptually showing a surface of a substrate formed by patterning by the method shown in Fig. 3.

[圖5]對於形成網格狀之圖案之方法的其他例(比較例)作概念性說明之平面圖。 Fig. 5 is a plan view conceptually illustrating another example (comparative example) of a method of forming a grid-like pattern.

[圖6]對於從藉由圖5中所示之方法而形成有圖案的基材所進行之面取作概念性說明之平面圖。 Fig. 6 is a plan view conceptually showing a surface of a substrate on which a pattern is formed by the method shown in Fig. 5.

[圖7]對於本發明之圖案形成方法的其中一例作概念性說明之平面圖。 Fig. 7 is a plan view conceptually illustrating an example of a pattern forming method of the present invention.

[圖8]對於從液滴吐出裝置而吐出的液滴吐出條件之其中一例作概念性說明之平面圖。 FIG. 8 is a plan view conceptually illustrating an example of droplet discharge conditions discharged from a droplet discharge device.

[圖9]對於從液滴吐出裝置而吐出的液滴吐出條件之其他例作概念性說明之平面圖。 Fig. 9 is a plan view conceptually explaining another example of the droplet discharge condition ejected from the droplet discharge device.

[圖10]對於從液滴吐出裝置而吐出的液滴吐出條件之又一其他例作概念性說明之平面圖。 FIG. 10 is a plan view conceptually illustrating still another example of the droplet discharge condition discharged from the droplet discharge device.

[圖11]係為圖10中之以(xi)所展示的部份之擴大圖。 [Fig. 11] is an enlarged view of a portion shown by (xi) in Fig. 10.

[圖12]對於藉由複數次之通過來形成複數之線狀液體的其中一例作概念性說明之平面圖。 Fig. 12 is a plan view conceptually showing an example of forming a plurality of linear liquids by a plurality of passes.

[圖13]對於使用本發明之圖案形成方法而形成網格狀之圖案的情況時之其中一例作概念性說明之平面圖。 Fig. 13 is a plan view conceptually showing an example of a case where a grid-like pattern is formed by using the pattern forming method of the present invention.

[圖14]對於使用本發明之圖案形成方法而形成網格狀之圖案的情況時之其他例作概念性說明之平面圖。 Fig. 14 is a plan view conceptually illustrating another example in the case of forming a grid-like pattern using the pattern forming method of the present invention.

[圖15]對於乾燥裝置之構成例作概念性說明之平面圖。 Fig. 15 is a plan view conceptually illustrating a configuration example of a drying device.

[圖16]對於本發明之圖案形成方法的其他例作概念性說明之平面圖。 Fig. 16 is a plan view conceptually illustrating another example of the pattern forming method of the present invention.

[圖17]對於用以形成線狀液體之液滴賦予的其他形態作概念性說明之平面圖。 Fig. 17 is a plan view conceptually illustrating another form of droplets for forming a linear liquid.

[圖18]對於藉由圖17之形態所形成的線狀液體作概念性說明之平面圖。 Fig. 18 is a plan view conceptually showing a linear liquid formed by the form of Fig. 17;

[圖19]係為對於從圖18中所示之線狀液體所形成的平行線圖案作概念性說明之平面圖。 Fig. 19 is a plan view conceptually illustrating a parallel line pattern formed from the linear liquid shown in Fig. 18.

[圖20]係為針對噴嘴列作說明之圖。 FIG. 20 is a view for explaining a nozzle row.

[圖21]對於網格狀之功能性圖案的形成方法之其中一例作說明之說明圖。 Fig. 21 is an explanatory diagram for explaining an example of a method of forming a grid-like functional pattern.

[圖22]對於網格狀之功能性圖案的形成方法之其他例作說明之說明圖。 Fig. 22 is an explanatory diagram for explaining another example of a method of forming a grid-like functional pattern.

[圖23]對於網格狀之功能性圖案的形成方法之又一其他例作說明之說明圖。 Fig. 23 is an explanatory diagram for explaining still another example of a method of forming a grid-like functional pattern.

[圖24]對於交叉部X之形成例作展示之重要部分擴大圖。 Fig. 24 is an enlarged view showing an important part of the formation of the intersection portion X.

[圖25]係為網格狀之功能性圖案的光學顯微鏡照片。 Fig. 25 is an optical micrograph of a functional pattern in the form of a grid.

[圖26]係為對於平均間隔A以及平均間隔B之測定方法的其中一例作說明之圖。 FIG. 26 is a diagram for explaining an example of a method of measuring the average interval A and the average interval B.

[圖27]係為對於被形成在基材上之平行線圖案的其中一例作展示之部分擴大平面圖。 Fig. 27 is a partially enlarged plan view showing an example of a parallel line pattern formed on a substrate.

[圖28]係為對於在圖27中之(a)-(a)線剖面作說明的說明圖。 FIG. 28 is an explanatory view for explaining a cross section taken along line (a)-(a) of FIG. 27.

[圖29]係為對於被形成在基材上之平行線圖案的其中一例作展示之部分欠缺立體圖。 Fig. 29 is a partially omitted perspective view showing an example of a parallel line pattern formed on a substrate.

以下,參考圖面來針對用以實施本發明之形態作說明。 Hereinafter, the form for carrying out the invention will be described with reference to the drawings.

圖1,係為對於從線狀液體而形成平行線圖案的模樣作概念性說明之立體剖面圖,剖面,係對應於在相 對於線狀液體之形成方向而相正交的方向上來作了切斷之縱剖面。 Figure 1 is a perspective cross-sectional view conceptually illustrating a pattern of parallel line patterns formed from a linear liquid, the section corresponding to the phase The longitudinal section of the cut is made in a direction orthogonal to the direction in which the linear liquid is formed.

在圖1中,1係為基材,2係為包含有功能性材料之線狀液體,3係為藉由在線狀液體2之緣部處將功能性材料選擇性地作堆積所形成的塗膜(以下,亦有稱作平行線圖案的情況)。 In Fig. 1, 1 is a substrate, 2 is a linear liquid containing a functional material, and 3 is a coating formed by selectively depositing a functional material at the edge of the linear liquid 2. Film (hereinafter, also referred to as a parallel line pattern).

在圖1(a)中,於基材1上,係賦予有包含功能性材料之線狀液體2。 In Fig. 1(a), a linear liquid 2 containing a functional material is applied to a substrate 1.

如同圖1(b)中所示一般,在使包含有功能性材料之線狀液體2蒸發並乾燥時,係利用咖啡漬現象,來在線狀液體2之緣部處將功能性材料選擇性地作堆積。 As shown in Fig. 1(b), when the linear liquid 2 containing the functional material is evaporated and dried, the functional material is selectively used at the edge of the linear liquid 2 by the coffee stain phenomenon. Stacked up.

咖啡漬現象,係可藉由在使線狀液體2乾燥時之條件設定來使其產生。 The coffee stain phenomenon can be produced by setting the conditions when the linear liquid 2 is dried.

亦即是,被配置在基材1上之線狀液體2的乾燥,相較於中央部,在緣部處係為快速,並隨著乾燥之進行而使固形量濃度到達飽和濃度,在線狀液體2之緣部處係發生固形量之局部性的析出。起因於此析出了的固形量,線狀液體2之緣部係成為被作了固定化的狀態,伴隨著後續之乾燥,線狀液體2之寬幅方向的收縮係被抑制。線狀液體2之液體,係會以對於在緣部處之起因於蒸發而失去之量的液體作補充的方式,而形成從中央部起朝向緣部的對流。此對流,由於係起因於伴隨著乾燥所發生的線狀液體2之接觸線的固定化和線狀液體2中央部和緣部間之蒸發量之差所導致者,因此,係會因應於固形量濃度、 線狀液體2和基材1之接觸角、線狀液體2之量、基材1之加熱溫度、線狀液體2之配置密度或者是溫度、濕度、氣壓之環境因素而改變,而能夠藉由對於此些作調整來進行控制。 That is, the drying of the linear liquid 2 disposed on the substrate 1 is faster at the edge than the central portion, and the solid concentration reaches the saturated concentration as the drying progresses, and is linear. At the edge of the liquid 2, local precipitation of solid content occurs. Due to the solid content precipitated therefrom, the edge portion of the linear liquid 2 is in a state of being fixed, and the shrinkage in the width direction of the linear liquid 2 is suppressed accompanying the subsequent drying. The liquid of the linear liquid 2 forms a convection from the central portion toward the edge portion in such a manner as to complement the amount of liquid lost at the edge portion due to evaporation. This convection is caused by the difference in the contact line of the linear liquid 2 accompanying the drying and the difference in the amount of evaporation between the central portion and the edge portion of the linear liquid 2, so that it is adapted to the solid shape. Volume concentration, The contact angle of the linear liquid 2 and the substrate 1, the amount of the linear liquid 2, the heating temperature of the substrate 1, the arrangement density of the linear liquid 2, or the environmental factors of temperature, humidity, and air pressure can be changed by For these adjustments to control.

其結果,如圖1(c)中所示一般,在基材1上,係被形成由包含有功能性材料之細線所成的平行線圖案3。由1根的線狀液體2所形成的平行線圖案3,係藉由1組2根的線段31、32所構成。 As a result, as shown in Fig. 1(c), on the substrate 1, a parallel line pattern 3 made of a thin line containing a functional material is formed. The parallel line pattern 3 formed of one linear liquid 2 is composed of one set of two line segments 31 and 32.

對於基材上之線狀液體的賦予,係可使用液滴吐出裝置來進行。具體而言,藉由一面使液滴吐出裝置相對於基材而作相對移動,一面從液滴吐出裝置之噴嘴來吐出包含功能性材料之液體,並使吐出之液滴在基材上而合併為一,係能夠形成包含功能性材料之線狀液體。液滴吐出裝置,例如,係可藉由噴墨記錄裝置所具備的噴墨頭來構成之。 The application of the linear liquid on the substrate can be carried out using a droplet discharge device. Specifically, while the droplet discharge device is relatively moved relative to the substrate, the liquid containing the functional material is discharged from the nozzle of the droplet discharge device, and the discharged droplets are combined on the substrate. In one case, it is possible to form a linear liquid containing a functional material. The droplet discharge device can be constituted, for example, by an inkjet head provided in the inkjet recording device.

於此,針對本發明者所發現到的課題,一面例示出比較例一面作詳細說明。 Here, the subject matter discovered by the inventors will be described in detail with reference to a comparative example.

圖2,係為對於形成線狀液體之方法的其中一例(比較例)作概念性說明之平面圖。 Fig. 2 is a plan view conceptually illustrating one example (comparative example) of a method of forming a linear liquid.

在圖2中,7係為液滴吐出裝置,並藉由噴墨頭71來構成。72a~72f,係為噴墨頭71所具備之噴嘴。 In Fig. 2, 7 is a droplet discharge device, and is constituted by an inkjet head 71. 72a to 72f are nozzles provided in the ink jet head 71.

從將液體賦予為線狀的觀點來看,如同在圖2中所示一般,係可考慮有沿著液滴吐出裝置7之相對移動方向D來形成線狀液體2的方法。 From the viewpoint of imparting a liquid to a line shape, as shown in Fig. 2, a method of forming the linear liquid 2 along the relative movement direction D of the droplet discharge device 7 can be considered.

在形成1根的線狀液體2時,係一面使液滴吐出裝置7相對於基材1而作相對移動,一面從噴墨頭71之1個的噴嘴72a來連續性地吐出包含功能性材料之液體。藉由使吐出之液滴在基材1上而合併為一,係能夠形成沿著液滴吐出裝置7之相對移動方向之1根的線狀液體2。 When the linear liquid material 2 is formed, the droplet discharge device 7 is relatively moved with respect to the substrate 1, and the functional material is continuously discharged from one nozzle 72a of the inkjet head 71. Liquid. By combining the discharged droplets on the substrate 1 to form one, it is possible to form the linear liquid 2 along the relative movement direction of the droplet discharge device 7.

藉由針對其他之噴嘴72b~72f而亦使該些同樣地動作,係能夠形成複數根之線狀液體2。 A plurality of linear liquids 2 can be formed by operating the same in the same manner for the other nozzles 72b to 72f.

藉由使如此這般所形成之線狀液體2如同圖1中所示一般地乾燥,係能夠由線狀液體2來形成平行線圖案3。平行線圖案3,係沿著液滴吐出裝置7之相對移動方向而被形成。亦即是,構成平行線圖案之線段31、32,係沿著液滴吐出裝置7之相對移動方向而被形成。 By causing the linear liquid 2 thus formed to be generally dried as shown in Fig. 1, the parallel line pattern 3 can be formed by the linear liquid 2. The parallel line pattern 3 is formed along the relative moving direction of the droplet discharge device 7. That is, the line segments 31, 32 constituting the parallel line pattern are formed along the relative moving direction of the droplet discharge device 7.

使用此種方法,係能夠形成使平行線圖案相互交叉所成的網格狀圖案。 With this method, it is possible to form a grid-like pattern in which parallel line patterns are crossed each other.

圖3,係為對於形成網格狀之圖案之方法的其中一例(比較例)作概念性說明之平面圖。 Fig. 3 is a plan view conceptually illustrating an example (comparative example) of a method of forming a grid-like pattern.

首先,如圖3(a)中所示一般,沿著相對於基材1之相對移動方向D來使液滴吐出裝置(圖3中未圖示)移動,並在該方向D上形成第1線狀液體2。於此,相對移動方向D,係為沿著矩形狀之基材1之1個邊的方向(圖面上之左右方向)。 First, as shown in FIG. 3(a), the droplet discharge device (not shown in FIG. 3) is moved along the relative movement direction D with respect to the substrate 1, and the first direction is formed in the direction D. Linear liquid 2. Here, the relative movement direction D is a direction along the one side of the rectangular base material 1 (the left-right direction on the drawing).

藉由使此些之第1線狀液體2乾燥,如同圖3(b)中所示一般,係能夠由各個的第1線狀液體2來形 成第1平行線圖案3。第1平行線圖案3,係藉由線段31、32所構成。 By drying the first linear liquid 2 as described above, it is possible to form each of the first linear liquids 2 as shown in Fig. 3(b). The first parallel line pattern 3 is formed. The first parallel line pattern 3 is composed of line segments 31 and 32.

接著,使液滴吐出裝置相對於基材而作90°之旋轉,並使相對於基材1之相對移動方向D,相對於第1線狀液體2之形成時的方向而作90°之旋轉。如此這般,而變更相對移動方向D。 Then, the droplet discharge device is rotated by 90° with respect to the substrate, and the relative movement direction D with respect to the substrate 1 is rotated by 90° with respect to the direction in which the first linear liquid 2 is formed. . In this way, the relative movement direction D is changed.

接著,如圖3(c)中所示一般,沿著被作了變更的相對移動方向D來使液滴吐出裝置移動,並在該方向D上形成複數之第2線狀液體4。於此,相對移動方向D,係為沿著相對於矩形狀之基材1之前述1個的邊而相正交之其他邊的方向(圖面上之上下方向)。 Next, as shown in FIG. 3(c), the droplet discharge device is moved along the changed relative movement direction D, and a plurality of second linear liquids 4 are formed in the direction D. Here, the relative movement direction D is a direction (upward and downward direction on the drawing) along the other side orthogonal to the one side of the rectangular base material 1.

藉由使此些之第2線狀液體4乾燥,如同圖3(d)中所示一般,係能夠由各個的第2線狀液體4來形成第2平行線圖案5。第2平行線圖案5,係藉由線段51、52所構成。 By drying the second linear liquid 4 as described above, the second parallel line pattern 5 can be formed by each of the second linear liquids 4 as shown in FIG. 3(d). The second parallel line pattern 5 is composed of line segments 51 and 52.

如此這般,係能夠形成使第1平行線圖案3和第2平行線圖案5相互交叉所成的網格狀之圖案6。第1平行線圖案3,係被形成於沿著矩形狀之基材1之1個的邊之方向上,第2平行線圖案5,係被形成於沿著與前述1個的邊相正交之其他邊之方向上。 In this manner, a grid-like pattern 6 in which the first parallel line pattern 3 and the second parallel line pattern 5 are intersected with each other can be formed. The first parallel line pattern 3 is formed in a direction along one side of the rectangular base material 1, and the second parallel line pattern 5 is formed to be orthogonal to the one side In the direction of the other side.

在圖3所示之圖案形成方法中,係可發現到下述之課題。 In the pattern forming method shown in Fig. 3, the following problems can be found.

圖4,係為對於從藉由圖3中所示之方法而形成有圖案的基材所進行之面取作概念性說明之平面圖。 Fig. 4 is a plan view conceptually showing the surface of a substrate formed by patterning by the method shown in Fig. 3.

被形成有圖案6之基材1,係被以與將其作組入之裝置相配合的規定大小而被進行面取,並被作使用。圖中,係將進行面取時之切出線以虛線C來作展示。 The substrate 1 on which the pattern 6 is formed is surface-received and used for a predetermined size in cooperation with the device into which it is incorporated. In the figure, the cut-out line when the face is taken is shown by the broken line C.

首先,如同圖4(a)中所示一般,可以考慮以沿著基材1之邊的方式來將基材作切出使用。於此情況,可以得知,係能夠進行4片的面取。 First, as shown in Fig. 4(a), it is considered that the substrate is cut and used along the side of the substrate 1. In this case, it can be seen that it is possible to perform face extraction of four sheets.

然而,於此情況,係得知了:就算是沿著切出線C所切出之基材1(以下,係會有稱作「基材片」的情況)的圖案6自身並不會被視覺辨認到,當將此基材片組入至裝置中時,基材片之圖案6的形成方向和裝置所具備之圖案的形成方向亦容易重疊,而容易視覺辨認到波紋。 However, in this case, it is known that the pattern 6 itself which is cut along the cut line C (hereinafter, there is a case called "substrate sheet") is not itself It is visually recognized that when the substrate sheet is incorporated into the apparatus, the direction in which the pattern 6 of the substrate sheet is formed and the direction in which the pattern is formed in the apparatus are easily overlapped, and the corrugations are easily visually recognized.

於此,所謂「圖案6之形成方向」,係為構成圖案之線段(例如,上述之線段31、32、51以及52)的形成方向,而可包含有複數之方向。在圖4(a)之例中,圖案6之形成方向,係對應於沿著基材片之邊的方向。 Here, the "forming direction of the pattern 6" is a direction in which the line segments constituting the pattern (for example, the line segments 31, 32, 51, and 52 described above) are formed, and may include a plurality of directions. In the example of Fig. 4(a), the pattern 6 is formed in a direction corresponding to the direction along the side of the substrate sheet.

又,作為上述「裝置所具備之圖案」,例如,係可理想例示有在畫像顯示裝置中之如同像素陣列一般的格子狀之圖案。 In addition, as the above-mentioned "pattern of the device", for example, a lattice-like pattern like a pixel array in the image display device can be preferably exemplified.

相對於此,如同圖4(b)中所示一般,以沿著相對於基材1之邊而傾斜之方向的方式來將基材1切出。亦即是,切出線C,係設定為會沿著相對於基材1之邊而傾斜之方向。於此,傾斜角度係被設定為45°。 On the other hand, as shown in FIG. 4(b), the substrate 1 is cut out in a direction inclined with respect to the side of the substrate 1. That is, the cut line C is set to be inclined in the direction with respect to the side of the substrate 1. Here, the tilt angle is set to 45°.

在被切出的基材片中,圖案6之形成方向,係從沿著基材片之邊的方向而有所傾斜。藉由此,係能夠對於當將基材片組入至裝置中時的波紋作防止。 In the cut substrate piece, the direction in which the pattern 6 is formed is inclined from the direction along the side of the substrate sheet. Thereby, it is possible to prevent the corrugation when the substrate sheet is incorporated into the apparatus.

然而,基材片之切出方向,由於係並非為沿著基材1之邊者,因此係容易使面取之效率有所損失。例如,在想定為相同面積之基材1的情況時,在圖4(a)之例中,係能夠進行4片的面取,相對於此,在圖4(b)之例中,極限係成為僅能夠進行2片的面取。 However, since the direction in which the substrate sheet is cut out is not along the side of the substrate 1, the efficiency of surface pick-up is easily lost. For example, in the case of the substrate 1 having the same area, in the example of Fig. 4(a), four faces can be taken. In contrast, in the example of Fig. 4(b), the limit system is used. It is only possible to take two faces.

故而,在圖3所示之圖案形成方法中,係在希望同時達成波紋之防止和面取之效率的觀點上,而發現有課題。 Therefore, in the pattern forming method shown in Fig. 3, it has been found that there is a problem in that it is desired to simultaneously achieve the prevention of corrugation and the efficiency of surface pick-up.

進而,在圖3所示之圖案形成方法中,在賦予第1線狀液體時、和賦予第2線狀液體時,係需要使相對於基材之液滴吐出裝置的相對移動方向D作變更。例如,係成為需要進行將基材之配置方向作改變或者是將液滴吐出裝置之配置方向作改變的工程等,在生產性的觀點上,亦發現有課題。 Further, in the pattern forming method shown in FIG. 3, when the first linear liquid is supplied and when the second linear liquid is supplied, it is necessary to change the relative movement direction D of the liquid droplet discharging device with respect to the substrate. . For example, it is necessary to change the arrangement direction of the substrate or to change the arrangement direction of the droplet discharge device, and it has been found that there is a problem from the viewpoint of productivity.

圖5,係為對於形成網格狀之圖案之方法的其他例(比較例)作概念性說明之平面圖。 Fig. 5 is a plan view conceptually illustrating another example (comparative example) of a method of forming a grid-like pattern.

在圖5之例中,於防止波紋的觀點上,係將液滴吐出裝置(圖5中未圖示)之相對移動方向D,設定為相對於基材1之邊而有所傾斜的方向。 In the example of FIG. 5, from the viewpoint of preventing the corrugation, the relative movement direction D of the droplet discharge device (not shown in FIG. 5) is set to a direction inclined with respect to the side of the substrate 1.

首先,如圖5(a)中所示一般,沿著相對於基材1之邊而以45°來傾斜的相對移動方向D來使液滴吐 出裝置移動,並在該方向D上形成複數之第1線狀液體2。 First, as shown in FIG. 5(a), the droplets are spit in a relative movement direction D inclined at 45° with respect to the side of the substrate 1. The device moves and a plurality of first linear liquids 2 are formed in the direction D.

藉由使此些之第1線狀液體2乾燥,如同圖5(b)中所示一般,係能夠由各個的第1線狀液體2來形成第1平行線圖案3。第1平行線圖案3,係藉由線段31、32所構成。 By drying the first linear liquid 2, as shown in FIG. 5(b), the first parallel line pattern 3 can be formed by each of the first linear liquids 2. The first parallel line pattern 3 is composed of line segments 31 and 32.

接著,使液滴吐出裝置相對於基材而作90°之旋轉,並使相對於基材1之相對移動方向D,相對於第1線狀液體2之形成時的方向而作90°之旋轉。如此這般,而變更相對移動方向D。 Then, the droplet discharge device is rotated by 90° with respect to the substrate, and the relative movement direction D with respect to the substrate 1 is rotated by 90° with respect to the direction in which the first linear liquid 2 is formed. . In this way, the relative movement direction D is changed.

接著,如圖5(c)中所示一般,沿著相對於基材1之邊而有所傾斜的變更之相對移動方向D來使液滴吐出裝置移動,並在該方向D上形成複數之第2線狀液體4。 Next, as shown in FIG. 5(c), the droplet discharge device is moved along the relative movement direction D which is inclined with respect to the side of the substrate 1, and a plural number is formed in the direction D. The second linear liquid 4.

藉由使此些之第2線狀液體4乾燥,如同圖5(d)中所示一般,係能夠由各個的第2線狀液體4來形成第2平行線圖案5。第2平行線圖案5,係藉由線段51、52所構成。 By drying the second linear liquid 4 as described above, the second parallel line pattern 5 can be formed by each of the second linear liquids 4 as shown in FIG. 5(d). The second parallel line pattern 5 is composed of line segments 51 and 52.

如此這般,係能夠形成使第1平行線圖案3和第2平行線圖案5相互交叉所成的網格狀之圖案6。第1平行線圖案3以及第2平行線圖案5,係被形成於相對於矩形狀之基材1之邊而有所傾斜的方向上。 In this manner, a grid-like pattern 6 in which the first parallel line pattern 3 and the second parallel line pattern 5 are intersected with each other can be formed. The first parallel line pattern 3 and the second parallel line pattern 5 are formed in a direction inclined with respect to the side of the rectangular base material 1.

圖6,係為對於從藉由圖5中所示之方法而形成有圖案的基材所進行之面取作概念性說明之平面圖。與 圖4相同的,在圖中,係將進行面取時之切出線以虛線C來作展示。 Fig. 6 is a plan view conceptually illustrating a surface on which a patterned substrate is formed by the method shown in Fig. 5. versus 4 is the same, in the figure, the cut-out line when the face is taken is shown by the broken line C.

如同圖6中所示一般,就算是為了提昇面取效率而以沿著基材1之邊的方式來將基材1切出,亦由於圖案6係被形成在相對於基材1之邊而有所傾斜的方向上,因此,係能夠謀求波紋之防止。 As shown in FIG. 6, even if the substrate 1 is cut out along the side of the substrate 1 in order to improve the surface extraction efficiency, since the pattern 6 is formed on the side opposite to the substrate 1 In the direction in which it is inclined, it is possible to prevent the corrugation.

如此這般,藉由將圖案6形成在相對於基材1之邊而有所傾斜的方向上,係能夠同時達成波紋之防止和面取之效率的提升。 In this way, by forming the pattern 6 in a direction inclined with respect to the side of the substrate 1, it is possible to simultaneously achieve the prevention of the corrugation and the improvement of the efficiency of the surface pick-up.

然而,在圖5所示之圖案形成方法中,亦與在圖3中所示之方法相同的,在賦予第1線狀液體2時、和賦予第2線狀液體4時,係需要使相對於基材之液滴吐出裝置的相對移動方向D作變更。因此,在使生產性提昇的觀點上,係發現到仍有更進一步作改善的餘地。 However, in the pattern forming method shown in FIG. 5, similarly to the method shown in FIG. 3, when the first linear liquid 2 is supplied and when the second linear liquid 4 is supplied, it is necessary to make the relative The relative movement direction D of the droplet discharge device of the substrate is changed. Therefore, in terms of improving productivity, it is found that there is still room for further improvement.

以下,針對本發明之圖案形成方法作詳細說明。 Hereinafter, the pattern forming method of the present invention will be described in detail.

圖7,係為對於本發明之圖案形成方法的其中一例作概念性說明之平面圖。 Fig. 7 is a plan view conceptually illustrating an example of the pattern forming method of the present invention.

在圖7中,7係為液滴吐出裝置,並藉由噴墨頭71來構成。72a~72f,係為噴墨頭71所具備之噴嘴。 In Fig. 7, 7 is a droplet discharge device, and is constituted by an inkjet head 71. 72a to 72f are nozzles provided in the ink jet head 71.

一面使液滴吐出裝置7相對於基材1而作相對移動,一面從該液滴吐出裝置7之複數之噴嘴72a~72f來在基材1上吐出由包含功能性材料之液體所成的液滴。使從互為相異之噴嘴所吐出的液滴在基材1上合併為一, 而在相對於相對移動方向D而有所傾斜的方向上形成線狀液體2。在圖示之例中,雖係針對藉由由相對移動所進行之一次的通過來形成1個的線狀液體2的情況作展示,但是,若是藉由由相對移動所進行之一次的通過來形成複數之線狀液體2,則亦為理想。 While the droplet discharge device 7 is relatively moved relative to the substrate 1, the liquid from the liquid containing the functional material is discharged from the substrate 1 from the plurality of nozzles 72a to 72f of the droplet discharge device 7. drop. The droplets ejected from the mutually different nozzles are combined into one on the substrate 1 On the other hand, the linear liquid 2 is formed in a direction inclined with respect to the relative movement direction D. In the example shown in the figure, the case where one linear liquid 2 is formed by one pass by relative movement is shown, but it is once passed by relative movement. It is also desirable to form a plurality of linear liquids 2.

在以下之說明中,相對於相對移動方向D之線狀液體2的形成方向之角度(傾斜角度)θ,係指從相對移動方向D而作了順時針旋轉(右旋轉)的角度。在以下之說明中,當角度係身為負的值時,係可換算為逆時針旋轉(左旋轉)之正的值之角度。在圖示之例中,傾斜角度θ係為45°。 In the following description, the angle (inclination angle) θ with respect to the direction in which the linear liquid 2 is formed in the relative movement direction D means an angle of clockwise rotation (right rotation) from the relative movement direction D. In the following description, when the angle is a negative value, it can be converted to the angle of the positive value of the counterclockwise rotation (left rotation). In the illustrated example, the inclination angle θ is 45°.

接著,針對在上述之基材1上的液滴之合併為一作詳細說明。 Next, the combination of the droplets on the substrate 1 described above will be described in detail.

圖8,係為對於從液滴吐出裝置的液滴吐出條件之其中一例作概念性說明之平面圖。 Fig. 8 is a plan view conceptually illustrating an example of a droplet discharge condition from a droplet discharge device.

在圖示之例中,2a~2f,係分別代表從液滴吐出裝置7所具備之噴墨頭71的噴嘴72a~72f所吐出之液滴的命中位置。 In the illustrated example, 2a to 2f represent the hit positions of the liquid droplets discharged from the nozzles 72a to 72f of the ink jet head 71 provided in the liquid droplet discharging device 7, respectively.

命中位置2a~2f,係不論是在相對移動方向D以及與該相對移動方向D相正交之方向的何者,均空出有間隔地而被作配置。亦即是,藉由從液滴吐出裝置7所具備之噴墨頭71的噴嘴72a~72f而來的液滴之吐出,來將在基材1上而成為合併為一之對象的相互鄰接之液滴,不論是在相對移動方向D以及與該相對移動方向D相正 交之方向的何者,均空出有間隔地而作配置。於此,所謂間隔,係指液滴之中心間的距離。又,所謂「相互鄰接之液滴」,係只要至少1組之相互鄰接之液滴,不論是在相對移動方向D以及與該相對移動方向D相正交之方向的何者均空出有間隔即可。又,所謂「不論是在相對移動方向以及與該相對移動方向相正交之方向的何者,均空出有間隔地而被作配置」,係指被配置在相對於該相對移動方向而有所傾斜的方向上。 The hit positions 2a to 2f are arranged regardless of whether they are in the relative movement direction D and the direction orthogonal to the relative movement direction D. In other words, the discharge of the liquid droplets from the nozzles 72a to 72f of the ink jet head 71 provided in the liquid droplet discharging device 7 is adjacent to each other on the substrate 1 The droplet, whether in the relative movement direction D and in the relative movement direction D The direction of the exchange is vacant and configured. Here, the term "interval" means the distance between the centers of the droplets. Further, the "drops adjacent to each other" are at least one set of droplets adjacent to each other, and are spaced apart in any of the relative movement direction D and the direction orthogonal to the relative movement direction D. can. In addition, "whether or not the direction of the relative movement and the direction perpendicular to the relative movement direction are arranged at intervals", the reference is arranged to be relative to the relative movement direction. Tilting direction.

在圖示之例中,係藉由於液滴吐出裝置7之移動過程中,從其中一端側之噴嘴72a起朝向另外一端側之噴嘴72f而以配列順序來從各噴嘴72a、72b、72c、72d、72e、72f而設置有時間差地吐出液滴,來形成上述之配置狀態。 In the illustrated example, during the movement of the droplet discharge device 7, the nozzles 72a from the one end side toward the nozzle end 72f on the other end side are arranged in the order from the respective nozzles 72a, 72b, 72c, 72d. At 72e and 72f, droplets are discharged with a time difference to form the above-described arrangement state.

命中於此些之命中位置2a~2f處的各液滴,之後,係以使在基材1上而相鄰接之液滴彼此合併為一的方式,來對於液滴之液滴容量以及液滴之間隔的其中一方或雙方作調整。 Hit the droplets at the positions 2a to 2f of the above, and then, in order to merge the adjacent droplets on the substrate 1 into one, the droplet volume and the liquid for the droplets One or both of the intervals of the drops are adjusted.

此種調整之結果,係能夠沿著相對於液滴吐出裝置7之對於基材1的相對移動方向D而有所傾斜的方向,來形成線狀液體2。藉由使此線狀液體2乾燥,係能夠在線狀液體2之緣部堆積功能性材料並形成包含功能性材料之圖案、例如形成上述之平行線圖案。圖案之形成方向,係可設為相對於相對移動方向D而有所傾斜的方向。 As a result of such an adjustment, the linear liquid 2 can be formed in a direction inclined with respect to the relative movement direction D of the liquid droplet ejection device 7 with respect to the substrate 1. By drying the linear liquid 2, a functional material can be deposited on the edge of the linear liquid 2, and a pattern containing the functional material can be formed, for example, the parallel line pattern described above can be formed. The direction in which the pattern is formed may be a direction that is inclined with respect to the relative movement direction D.

若依據本發明,則例如在設定線狀液體之形 成方向時,由於係成為不需要進行對液滴吐出裝置之配置角度作變更等的工程,因此,係可得到下述之效果:亦即是,係能夠並不損及生產性地而使相對於基材之圖案形成方向的自由度提昇。 According to the invention, for example, in the form of a linear liquid In the case of the orientation, since it is not necessary to change the arrangement angle of the droplet discharge device, the following effects can be obtained: that is, the relative performance can be obtained without impairing productivity. The degree of freedom in the pattern forming direction of the substrate is increased.

進而,若是並不僅是進行上述之液滴之合併為一,而更進而以將使液滴合併為一所形成的線狀液體2之緣部之直線性提高的方式,來對於液滴之液滴容量以及液滴之間隔之其中一方或雙方作調整,則亦為理想。藉由此,係能夠使包含被堆積在線狀液體2之緣部處的功能性材料之圖案的直線性提昇。 Further, in the case where the above-described liquid droplets are combined into one, and the linearity of the edge portion of the formed linear liquid 2 is further increased, the liquid for the liquid droplets is further improved. It is also desirable to adjust one or both of the drop capacity and the interval of the droplets. Thereby, the linearity of the pattern containing the functional material at the edge of the linear liquid 2 to be deposited can be improved.

作為理想之調整例,較理想,係將用以形成1個的線狀液體2而從1個的噴嘴所賦予之總液滴容量V[pL]、和噴嘴列解析度R[npi],此兩者之積V‧R[pL‧npi],調整為4.32×104[pL‧npi]以上5.18×105[pL‧npi]以下之範圍。 As an ideal adjustment example, a total liquid droplet volume V[pL] and a nozzle column resolution R[npi] which are provided from one nozzle for forming one linear liquid 2 are preferable. The product V‧R[pL‧npi] of the two is adjusted to a range of 4.32 × 10 4 [pL‧npi] or more and 5.18 × 10 5 [pL‧npi] or less.

於此,用以形成1個的線狀液體2而從1個的噴嘴所賦予之總液滴容量V[pL],係指從各噴嘴72a~72f而對於用以形成1個的線狀液體2之各命中位置2a~2f所分別賦予之各別的總液滴容量。故而,總液滴容量,例如,當對於1個的命中位置2a而從1個的噴嘴72a來使複數之液滴作命中的情況時,係指此些之複數之液滴的合計之容量,當對於1個的命中位置2a而從1個的噴嘴72a來使1個液滴作命中的情況時,係指1個液滴的容量。 Here, the total droplet volume V[pL] given from one nozzle for forming one linear liquid 2 means a linear liquid for forming one from each of the nozzles 72a to 72f. The total droplet capacity assigned to each of the 2 hit positions 2a to 2f. Therefore, the total droplet capacity, for example, when a plurality of droplets are hit from one nozzle 72a for one hit position 2a, refers to the total capacity of the plurality of droplets. When one droplet is hit from one nozzle 72a for one hit position 2a, it means the capacity of one droplet.

作為對於總液滴量作調整之方法,係可理想例示有對於1個液滴的單位容量作調整之方法、或者是對於命中於1個的命中位置處之液滴的數量作調整之方法等。若是將此些方法之1個或2以上作組合使用,則亦為理想。 As a method of adjusting the total amount of droplets, a method of adjusting the unit capacity of one droplet or a method of adjusting the number of droplets at a hit position of one hit is preferably exemplified. . It is also desirable to use one or more of these methods in combination.

在對於命中於1個的命中位置處之液滴的數量進行調整時,係可合適使用具備有階度變更手段之液滴吐出裝置。亦即是,液滴容量,係可藉由階度之調整來進行調整。所謂階度,係指對於每1個點所命中之液滴的數量(單位係使用「dpd」(drops per dot)),而可作為與命中於上述之1個的命中位置處之液滴的數量相對應之數值來使用。 When the number of droplets at a hit position hitting one is adjusted, a droplet discharge device having a gradation changing means can be suitably used. That is, the droplet capacity can be adjusted by adjusting the gradation. The gradation refers to the number of droplets hit for each point (the unit uses "dpd" (drops per dot), and can be used as a droplet at a hit position hitting one of the above. The number corresponds to the value to use.

故而,上述總液滴容量V[pL],當將每1個液滴之液滴容量設為Vd[pL],並將階度設為N[dpd]的情況時,係可表現為V=Vd‧N。 Therefore the total volume of the droplet V [pL], the volume of the droplet when a droplet of each set V d [pL], and the case where the gradation is set to N [dpd] When, based can be expressed as V =V d ‧N.

又,噴嘴列解析度R[npi],係指在與相對移動方向相正交之方向上的每1吋中之噴嘴數量。若是在與相對移動方向相正交之方向上的噴嘴間隔(噴嘴之中心間的距離(亦稱作節距))係為一定,則係可將噴嘴間隔[inch]之倒數,作為與噴嘴列解析度R[npi]相對應之數值來使用。 Further, the nozzle row resolution R[npi] refers to the number of nozzles per one turn in a direction orthogonal to the relative moving direction. If the nozzle spacing (the distance between the centers of the nozzles (also referred to as the pitch)) in the direction orthogonal to the relative movement direction is constant, the reciprocal of the nozzle spacing [inch] can be used as the nozzle column. The resolution R[npi] corresponds to the value used.

積V‧R[pL‧npi],若是身為4.32×104[pL‧npi]以上5.18×105[pL‧npi]以下之範圍,則係成為容易更加直線性地來形成線狀液體,而能夠適當地防止膨出 (bulge)的發生。其結果,構成所形成之平行線圖案的線段,係成為更加容易被直線性地形成,而亦能夠適當地防止斷線之發生等。因此,當作為功能性材料而使用導電性材料的情況時,係可得到下述之效果:亦即是,係能夠對於所得到的圖案之薄片電阻和端子電阻作更進一步的改善。 When the product V‧R[pL‧npi] is in the range of 4.32 × 10 4 [pL‧npi] or more and 5.18 × 10 5 [pL‧npi] or less, it is easy to form a linear liquid more linearly. It is possible to appropriately prevent the occurrence of bulge. As a result, the line segments constituting the parallel line pattern formed are more easily formed linearly, and the occurrence of disconnection can be appropriately prevented. Therefore, when a conductive material is used as the functional material, the following effects can be obtained: that is, the sheet resistance and the terminal resistance of the obtained pattern can be further improved.

從液滴吐出裝置所吐出之包含功能性材料之液滴,較理想,其之在基材上之接觸角,係為10[°]以上30[°]以下之範圍。 Preferably, the droplets containing the functional material discharged from the droplet discharge device have a contact angle on the substrate of 10 [°] or more and 30 [°] or less.

另外,接觸角,係為靜性接觸角,例如,係可藉由使用協和界面科學股份有限公司製之DM-500,來在25℃、50%RH之環境下,將所欲測定之液滴(5μl程度)從注射筒來乘載於基材1上,並對於液滴端部之切線和基材面所成之角度作測定,而求取出來。 In addition, the contact angle is a static contact angle. For example, the droplet to be measured can be measured at 25 ° C and 50% RH by using DM-500 manufactured by Kyowa Interface Science Co., Ltd. (5 μl) was taken from the syringe to the substrate 1, and the angle between the tangent of the end of the droplet and the surface of the substrate was measured and taken out.

接觸角,例如,係可藉由對於包含功能性材料之液滴的組成或基材之表面能所進行的設定等來適宜作調整。 The contact angle can be suitably adjusted, for example, by setting the composition of the droplets containing the functional material or the surface energy of the substrate.

接觸角,若是身為10[°]以上30[°]以下之範圍,則係能夠得到下述之效果:亦即是,係能夠使所形成之平行線圖案的透明性更進一步提昇。 When the contact angle is in the range of 10 [°] or more and 30 [°] or less, the following effects can be obtained: that is, the transparency of the formed parallel line pattern can be further improved.

又,若是接觸角係為10[°]以上30[°]以下之範圍,則線狀液體係成為更容易被直線性地形成,而能夠適當地防止膨出(bulge)的發生。其結果,構成所形成之平行線圖案的線段,係成為更加容易被直線性地形成,而 亦能夠適當地防止斷線之發生等。因此,當作為功能性材料而使用導電性材料的情況時,係可得到下述之效果:亦即是,係能夠對於所得到的圖案之薄片電阻和端子電阻作更進一步的改善。 In addition, when the contact angle is in the range of 10 [°] or more and 30 [°] or less, the linear liquid system is more easily formed linearly, and the occurrence of bulge can be appropriately prevented. As a result, the line segments constituting the parallel line pattern formed are more easily formed linearly, and It is also possible to appropriately prevent the occurrence of disconnection and the like. Therefore, when a conductive material is used as the functional material, the following effects can be obtained: that is, the sheet resistance and the terminal resistance of the obtained pattern can be further improved.

在圖8中,各噴嘴72a~72f,係可在進行了用以形成線狀液體2的吐出後,空出有特定之間隔地,而進行用以形成與其相鄰接之其他的線狀液體2’的吐出。圖中,2a’~2f’,係代表為了進而形成線狀液體2’而從噴嘴72a~72f所吐出的液滴之命中位置。如此這般,液滴吐出裝置7,係可在由相對移動所進行之一次的通過中,空出有特定之間隔地而形成複數之線狀液體。 In Fig. 8, each of the nozzles 72a to 72f can be formed to form another linear liquid adjacent thereto after the discharge for forming the linear liquid 2 is performed at a specific interval. 2' spit out. In the figure, 2a' to 2f' represent the hit positions of the liquid droplets discharged from the nozzles 72a to 72f in order to form the linear liquid 2'. In this manner, the droplet discharge device 7 can form a plurality of linear liquids at a certain interval in the passage of the relative movement.

在本發明之其中一個側面中,係藉由將線狀液體相對於液滴吐出裝置與基材之相對移動方向D而傾斜地形成,而成為能夠將藉由1次之通過所賦予的相互平行之線狀液體之賦予間隔Mp容易地調整為所期望之值。 In one aspect of the present invention, the linear liquid is formed obliquely with respect to the relative movement direction D of the droplet discharge device and the substrate, and is parallel to each other by the passage of one pass. The interval M p of the linear liquid is easily adjusted to a desired value.

亦即是,在如同參考圖2所說明的比較例一般地而將線狀液體沿著液滴吐出裝置與基材之相對移動方向D來形成的情況時,係僅能夠將藉由1次之通過所賦予的線狀液體之賦予間隔Mp以液滴吐出裝置之噴嘴間隔的單位來進行調整。此時,所能夠選擇的賦予間隔Mp,係成為噴嘴間隔之單位下的階段性之(不連續之)值。 That is, in the case where the linear liquid is generally formed along the relative movement direction D of the droplet discharge device and the substrate as in the comparative example described with reference to FIG. 2, only one time can be used. The adjustment is made in the unit of the nozzle interval of the droplet discharge device by the application interval M p of the linear liquid to be applied. At this time, the interval M p that can be selected is a stepwise (discontinuous) value in the unit of the nozzle interval.

相對於此,藉由將線狀液體相對於液滴吐出裝置與基材之相對移動方向D而傾斜地形成,在進行賦予間隔Mp之調整時,係成為不會被噴嘴間隔所限制。亦即 是,係成為能夠從連續性之範圍中而自由地選擇賦予間隔MpOn the other hand, the linear liquid is formed obliquely with respect to the relative movement direction D of the droplet discharge device and the substrate, and the adjustment of the application interval M p is not restricted by the nozzle interval. In other words, it is possible to freely select the interval M p from the range of continuity.

藉由一次的通過所被賦予之線狀液體之賦予間隔Mp,係如同圖8中所示一般,為相對於線狀液體2、2’之形成方向而相正交之方向的距離(亦稱作節距),並相當於線狀液體2、2’之寬幅方向的中心間之距離。 The interval M p of the linear liquid to be imparted by one pass is a distance orthogonal to the direction in which the linear liquids 2, 2' are formed as shown in Fig. 8 (also It is called the pitch) and corresponds to the distance between the centers of the linear liquids 2 and 2' in the width direction.

藉由將線狀液體相對於液滴吐出裝置與基材之相對移動方向D而傾斜地形成,賦予間隔Mp,係成為能夠藉由對於從各個的噴嘴72a~72f而將液滴吐出之時間間隔、以及液滴吐出裝置7之相對於基材1的相對移動速度,此些之其中一方或者是雙方作調整,而適宜作調整。 By forming the linear liquid obliquely with respect to the relative movement direction D of the droplet discharge device and the substrate, the interval M p is given, and the time interval at which the droplets can be ejected from the respective nozzles 72a to 72f is provided. And the relative movement speed of the droplet discharge device 7 with respect to the substrate 1, one or both of which are adjusted, and are suitable for adjustment.

例如,藉由將從各個的噴嘴72a~72f而吐出液滴之時間差縮小,係能夠將賦予間隔Mp縮小。又,藉由將此時間差增大,係能夠將賦予間隔Mp增大。 For example, with the respective nozzles 72a ~ 72f from the liquid droplet ejection time difference narrow, spaced line is capable of imparting shrink M p. Further, by increasing the time difference, it is possible to increase the giving interval M p .

進而,例如,藉由將相對於基材1之液滴吐出裝置7的相對移動速度縮小,係能夠將賦予間隔Mp縮小。藉由將此相對移動速度增大,係能夠將賦予間隔Mp增大。 Further, for example, by the base with respect to the droplet ejection apparatus 1 7 relative movement speed is reduced, the line is capable of imparting narrow interval M p. By increasing the relative moving speed, it is possible to increase the giving interval M p .

如此這般,係成為能夠容易地將賦予間隔Mp調整為所期望之值。藉由此,係能夠使圖案化之自由度提昇,而成為能夠將對於各種裝置或各種電子機器之適合性提高。 In this way, it is possible to easily adjust the application interval M p to a desired value. As a result, the degree of freedom in patterning can be improved, and the suitability for various devices or various electronic devices can be improved.

若是藉由賦予間隔Mp之調整,來對於在使相 鄰接之線狀液體2、2’乾燥時的相互干涉作抑制,則亦為理想。作為相互干涉,例如,係可列舉出由蒸氣所致之干涉、由起因於氣化熱被奪去一事所造成的基材之溫度降低所導致的干涉等。藉由對於此種相互干涉作抑制,係能夠使在線狀液體之緣部處的功能性材料之堆積安定化,而能夠得到使膨出防止性、透明性更進一步提昇之效果。進而,若是功能性材料乃身為導電性材料,則係可得到能夠對於所得到的圖案之薄片電阻和端子電阻作更進一步的改善之效果。 If the interval given by M p is adjusted to the linear for liquid in the adjacent mutual interference when dry 2,2 'for inhibition, is also desirable. Examples of the mutual interference include, for example, interference caused by steam, interference caused by a decrease in temperature of the substrate caused by the loss of heat of vaporization, and the like. By suppressing such mutual interference, it is possible to stabilize the accumulation of the functional material at the edge of the linear liquid, and it is possible to obtain an effect of further improving the bulging prevention property and the transparency. Further, if the functional material is a conductive material, an effect of further improving the sheet resistance and the terminal resistance of the obtained pattern can be obtained.

賦予間隔Mp之值,係並未特別作限定,但是,係以設為400[μm]以上為理想。藉由此,係能夠來對於在使相鄰接之線狀液體2、2’乾燥時的相互干涉適當地作抑制。 The value of the interval M p is not particularly limited, but is preferably 400 [μm] or more. Thereby, it is possible to appropriately suppress the mutual interference when the adjacent linear liquids 2, 2' are dried.

為了形成1個的線狀液體2而從相互鄰接之噴嘴所各別吐出之包含功能性材料之液體的最大吐出時間差Δtmax,較理想,係調整為200[ms]以下。藉由此,來促進液滴之合併為一,而可得到能夠使平行線圖案之形成更加安定化的效果。特別是,當作為功能性材料而使用導電性材料的情況時,係可得到能夠對於所得到的圖案之端子電阻適當地作改善之效果。 In order to form one linear liquid 2, the maximum discharge time difference Δt max of the liquid containing the functional material discharged from the adjacent nozzles is preferably 200 [ms] or less. Thereby, the combination of the droplets is promoted to one, and an effect of making the formation of the parallel line pattern more stable can be obtained. In particular, when a conductive material is used as the functional material, an effect of appropriately improving the terminal resistance of the obtained pattern can be obtained.

針對該最大吐出時間差Δtmax,首先參考圖8之例來作詳細說明。 The maximum discharge time difference Δt max will be described in detail with reference to the example of Fig. 8 .

在圖8中,液滴吐出裝置7,係藉由1個的噴墨頭71來構成。在噴墨頭71處,噴嘴72a~72f,係在與 液滴吐出裝置7之相對移動方向相正交的方向上,而被配列於一直線上。 In FIG. 8, the droplet discharge device 7 is constituted by one inkjet head 71. At the ink jet head 71, the nozzles 72a to 72f are tied to The droplet discharge device 7 is arranged in a line in the direction in which the relative movement directions are orthogonal to each other.

液滴吐出裝置,係一面朝向相對移動方向D移動,一面從噴嘴72a而朝向命中位置2a來吐出液體。接著,液滴吐出裝置,係進而朝向相對移動方向D移動,並從與噴嘴72a相鄰接之噴嘴72b而朝向命中位置2b來吐出液體。故而,相互鄰接之噴嘴72a和噴嘴72b,係在吐出液體之時序中存在有時間差(吐出時間差)。 The droplet discharge device moves toward the relative movement direction D while ejecting the liquid from the nozzle 72a toward the hit position 2a. Next, the droplet discharge device is further moved in the relative movement direction D, and the liquid is discharged from the nozzle 72b adjacent to the nozzle 72a toward the hit position 2b. Therefore, the nozzles 72a and 72b adjacent to each other have a time difference (diffusion time difference) at the timing of discharging the liquid.

在圖示之例中,噴嘴72a~72f,係在與液滴吐出裝置7之相對移動方向相正交的方向上,而被配列於一直線上,相互鄰接之噴嘴的吐出時間差,係不論是將任意的2組之鄰接噴嘴抽出,均會成為相同。在此種條件下,係可將該吐出時間差設為最大吐出時間差ΔtmaxIn the illustrated example, the nozzles 72a to 72f are arranged in a direction orthogonal to the relative movement direction of the droplet discharge device 7, and are arranged on a straight line, and the discharge time difference between the nozzles adjacent to each other is Any two groups of adjacent nozzles are extracted and will be the same. Under such conditions, the discharge time difference can be set to the maximum discharge time difference Δt max .

針對最大吐出時間差Δtmax,列舉出其他條件之例來更進而作詳細說明。 The maximum discharge time difference Δt max is exemplified by other examples.

圖9,係為對於從液滴吐出裝置而吐出的液滴吐出條件之其他例作概念性說明之平面圖。 Fig. 9 is a plan view conceptually explaining another example of the discharge discharge condition of the liquid discharged from the droplet discharge device.

在圖9中,液滴吐出裝置7,係藉由2個的噴墨頭71來構成(以下,係有稱作2列頭的情況)。 In FIG. 9, the droplet discharge device 7 is constituted by two inkjet heads 71 (hereinafter, referred to as a two-row head).

此些之2個的噴墨頭71,係以與各個的噴墨頭71之在與相對移動方向D相正交的方向上之噴嘴間隔的一半相當之距離而作偏移配列。如此這般,藉由設為2列頭,係將作為液滴吐出裝置7全體之噴嘴解析度R增大。亦可將頭作3列以上之配列,而更進一步將噴嘴解析 度R增大。 The two ink jet heads 71 are offset by a distance corresponding to a half of the nozzle interval of each of the ink jet heads 71 in the direction orthogonal to the relative movement direction D. In this manner, by setting the two heads, the nozzle resolution R as the entire droplet discharge device 7 is increased. It is also possible to arrange the heads in more than three columns, and further analyze the nozzles. Degree R increases.

又,在圖中,於右側之噴墨頭71處,噴嘴72a、72c、72e,在與相對移動方向D相正交的方向上,係並未被配列於一直線上。在圖中,左側之噴墨頭71之噴嘴72b、72d、72f,亦為相同。 Further, in the figure, at the ink jet head 71 on the right side, the nozzles 72a, 72c, and 72e are not arranged on the straight line in the direction orthogonal to the relative movement direction D. In the figure, the nozzles 72b, 72d, and 72f of the ink jet head 71 on the left side are also the same.

在此種條件下,相互鄰接之噴嘴的吐出時間差,係依存於2組之鄰接噴嘴的抽出方式而有所不同。在此種條件下,係可將當以會使吐出時間差變得最大的方式來抽出2組之鄰接噴嘴時的吐出時間差,設為最大吐出時間差ΔtmaxUnder such conditions, the difference in the discharge time of the nozzles adjacent to each other differs depending on the extraction method of the adjacent nozzles of the two groups. Under such conditions, the difference in discharge time when two sets of adjacent nozzles are extracted so that the discharge time difference is maximized can be set as the maximum discharge time difference Δt max .

圖10以及圖11,係為對於從液滴吐出裝置而吐出的液滴吐出條件之又一其他例作概念性說明之平面圖。圖11,係為圖10中之以(xi)所展示的部份之擴大圖。 FIG. 10 and FIG. 11 are plan views for conceptually explaining still another example of the discharge conditions of the liquid droplets discharged from the droplet discharge device. Figure 11 is an enlarged view of a portion shown by (xi) in Figure 10.

當在基材1上之圖案形成區域的與相對移動方向D相正交之方向的寬幅,為較1個的噴墨頭71之寬幅而更廣的情況時,如同圖示一般,係可將複數之噴墨頭71在與相對移動方向D相正交的方向上並排為鋸齒狀來作使用。在圖示之例中,係將由2個的噴墨頭71所成之2列頭,在與相對移動方向D相正交的方向上而並排為鋸齒狀。 When the width of the pattern forming region on the substrate 1 in the direction orthogonal to the relative moving direction D is wider than the width of the ink jet head 71, as shown in the figure, The plurality of ink jet heads 71 can be used in a zigzag manner in a direction orthogonal to the relative moving direction D. In the illustrated example, the two rows of heads formed by the two inkjet heads 71 are arranged in a zigzag shape in a direction orthogonal to the relative movement direction D.

在此種條件下,亦同樣的,相互鄰接之噴嘴的吐出時間差,係依存於2組之鄰接噴嘴的抽出方式而有所不同。特別是,起因於相互鄰接之噴嘴為存在於相異之 2列頭處一事所導致的影響係為大。在此種條件下,亦同樣的,係可將當以會使吐出時間差變得最大的方式來抽出2組之鄰接噴嘴時的吐出時間差,設為最大吐出時間差ΔtmaxUnder such conditions, similarly, the difference in the discharge time of the nozzles adjacent to each other differs depending on the extraction method of the adjacent nozzles of the two groups. In particular, the effect caused by the nozzles adjacent to each other being present at the different heads of the two columns is large. Under the same conditions, the discharge time difference when two sets of adjacent nozzles are extracted so that the discharge time difference is maximized can be set as the maximum discharge time difference Δt max .

在圖示之例中,於圖中,當將右側之2列頭的末端之噴嘴72f和左側之2列頭的末端之噴嘴72g作為鄰接噴嘴來抽出時,由於吐出時間差係會變得最大,因此,係可將此設為最大吐出時間差ΔtmaxIn the example shown in the figure, when the nozzle 72f at the end of the right two rows of heads and the nozzle 72g at the end of the left two rows of heads are taken as the adjacent nozzles, the discharge time difference is maximized. Therefore, this can be set to the maximum discharge time difference Δt max .

圖12,係為對於藉由複數次之通過來形成複數之線狀液體的其中一例作概念性說明之平面圖。 Fig. 12 is a plan view conceptually illustrating an example of forming a plurality of linear liquids by a plurality of passes.

在圖示之例中,係針對藉由2次的通過來形成複數之線狀液體2A以及2B的例子作展示。在第1次之通過中,形成線狀液體2A,並在第2次之通過中,形成與線狀液體2A相同方向之線狀液體2B。 In the illustrated example, an example in which a plurality of linear liquids 2A and 2B are formed by two passes is shown. In the first pass, the linear liquid 2A is formed, and in the second pass, the linear liquid 2B in the same direction as the linear liquid 2A is formed.

在各次的通過間,較理想,係設置有使在先前之通過中所形成的線狀液體乾燥並形成平行線圖案的乾燥工程。於此,係在第1次之通過和第2次之通過之間設置有乾燥工程,在該乾燥工程中,係以在第1次之通過中所形成的線狀液體2A乾燥並形成平行線圖案3。 It is preferable to provide a drying process for drying the linear liquid formed in the previous passage and forming a parallel line pattern between the respective passes. Here, a drying process is provided between the first pass and the second pass, in which the linear liquid 2A formed in the first pass is dried and parallel lines are formed. Pattern 3.

如此這般,當在某一次的通過中而形成線狀液體時,較理想,係預先使在先前之通過中所形成的線狀液體乾燥。此事,不論是針對如同圖示一般之在各通過中而形成同方向之線狀液體的情況或者是針對在各通過中而形成相異方向之線狀液體的情況,均為共通。 In this manner, when a linear liquid is formed in a certain passage, it is preferable to dry the linear liquid formed in the previous passage in advance. In this case, it is common for the case where the linear liquid in the same direction is formed in each of the passages as shown in the figure, or the linear liquid in the dissimilar direction is formed in each of the passages.

藉由1次之通過所賦予的線狀液體之賦予間隔Mp,較理想,係較最終所賦予之線狀液體的賦予間隔M而更大。所謂最終所賦予之線狀液體,係指藉由用以形成同方向之線狀液體之所有的通過(在圖示之例中,係為2次之通過)所賦予的同方向之線狀液體。如同圖示一般,在進行最終所賦予的線狀液體之賦予間隔之測定時,一部分或全部之線狀液體,係亦可成為已乾燥的狀態,亦即是係亦可身為已成為了平行線圖案的狀態。使線狀液體作了乾燥的狀態之物,亦可作為最終所賦予之線狀液體,而包含在賦予間隔M之測定對象中。 Followed by a linear imparted by imparting liquids interval P M, it is desirable, but greater than the line interval M final imparting linear conferred liquid. The linear liquid to be finally applied refers to the linear liquid in the same direction which is imparted by all the passages (in the illustrated example, two passes) for forming the linear liquid in the same direction. . As shown in the figure, when measuring the interval of the linear liquid to be finally applied, some or all of the linear liquid may be in a dry state, that is, it may be parallel. The state of the line pattern. The object in which the linear liquid is dried may be included in the measurement target to which the interval M is applied as the linear liquid to be finally supplied.

如同圖示一般,較理想,係將相同形成方向之線狀液體刻意藉由複數次之通過來形成。在將相同形成方向之線狀液體藉由複數次之通過來形成的情況時,較理想,於第2次以後的通過中,係在與藉由先前之通過所賦予的相鄰之2根的線狀液體(亦可為已乾燥者)之間的間隙中,賦予新的線狀液體。藉由在各通過之間設置乾燥工程,由於係能夠將同時被乾燥之線狀液體的數量減少,並且進而亦成為易於確保線狀液體間之間隔,因此,係能夠將伴隨於乾燥所產生的影響減輕,而得到能夠使平行線圖案之形成更加安定化的效果。 As is generally the case, it is preferred that the linear liquid of the same forming direction is intentionally formed by a plurality of passes. In the case where the linear liquid of the same forming direction is formed by a plurality of passes, it is preferable that the second and subsequent passes are in the vicinity of the two adjacent ones given by the previous pass. A new linear liquid is imparted to the gap between the linear liquid (which may also be a dry one). By providing a drying process between the respective passes, it is possible to reduce the amount of the linear liquid which is simultaneously dried, and further to easily ensure the interval between the linear liquids, so that the drying can be caused by the drying. The effect is alleviated, and an effect of making the formation of the parallel line pattern more stable is obtained.

在圖示之例中,雖係針對藉由2次的通過來形成複數之線狀液體的例子作展示,但是,在3次以上之通過的情況時,係亦可援用上述之說明。 In the example shown in the figure, an example in which a plurality of linear liquids are formed by two passes is shown. However, in the case of passing three or more times, the above description may be applied.

在藉由n次(n為2以上之整數)之通過來形 成相同形成方向之複數之線狀液體的情況時,藉由1次的通過所賦予之線狀液體之賦予間隔Mp,較理想,係身為最終所賦予之線狀液體的賦予間隔M之n倍。 When a linear liquid having the same forming direction is formed by n times (n is an integer of 2 or more), it is preferable to provide the interval M p by the linear liquid to be applied once. The body is n times the interval M of the linear liquid to be finally imparted.

在本發明中,藉由將線狀液體相對於液滴吐出裝置與基材之相對移動方向D而傾斜地形成,係能夠使線狀液體之伸長速度成為較液滴吐出裝置之相對於基材的相對移動速度而更大。 In the present invention, by forming the linear liquid obliquely with respect to the relative movement direction D of the droplet discharge device and the substrate, the elongation rate of the linear liquid can be made larger than that of the droplet discharge device relative to the substrate. Relatively moving speed is greater.

所謂線狀液體之伸長速度,係為使線狀液體於該線狀液體之形成方向上伸長的每單位時間之長度。線狀液體之伸長速度VL[μm/s],當將液滴吐出裝置之相對於基材之相對移動速度設為VH[μm/s],並將線狀液體之相對於基材之傾斜角度設為θ[°]的情況時,係可表現為VL=VH/|cosθ|。 The elongation rate of the linear liquid is the length per unit time in which the linear liquid is elongated in the direction in which the linear liquid is formed. The elongation velocity of the linear liquid V L [μm/s], when the relative movement speed of the droplet discharge device relative to the substrate is V H [μm/s], and the linear liquid is opposed to the substrate When the inclination angle is set to θ [°], it can be expressed as V L =V H /|cos θ θ|.

藉由將線狀液體形成在相對於液滴吐出裝置之對於基材的相對移動方向而有所傾斜的方向上,係能夠將cosθ之絕對值設為1以下。藉由此,係能夠使線狀液體之伸長速度VL成為較液滴吐出裝置之相對於基材之相對移動速度VH而更大,亦即是係能夠滿足VL>VHThe absolute value of cos θ can be set to 1 or less by forming the linear liquid in a direction inclined with respect to the relative movement direction of the liquid droplet ejection device with respect to the substrate. Thereby, the elongation velocity V L of the linear liquid can be made larger than the relative movement speed V H of the droplet discharge device with respect to the substrate, that is, it can satisfy V L > V H .

藉由此,來使線狀液體之形成高速化,並對於成為合併為一之對象的液滴之以液滴單位而乾燥的情形作抑制,而能夠促進該液滴之合併為一。 As a result, the formation of the linear liquid is accelerated, and the droplets which are the objects to be combined are dried in the unit of droplets, and the combination of the droplets can be promoted to one.

若是使用以上所說明之本發明之圖案形成方法,則係能夠適當地解決上述一般之希望同時達成波紋之防止和面取之效率的課題以及生產性的課題。亦即是,係 可得到能夠同時達成波紋之防止和面取之效率的效果以及使生產性提昇的效果。針對此,以下列舉出具體例來作說明。 According to the pattern forming method of the present invention described above, it is possible to appropriately solve the above-mentioned problem of desired prevention of both the prevention of corrugation and the efficiency of surface extraction, and the problem of productivity. That is, It is possible to obtain the effect of simultaneously achieving the prevention of the corrugation and the efficiency of the surface pick-up as well as the effect of improving the productivity. In response to this, specific examples will be described below.

圖13,係為對於使用本發明之圖案形成方法而形成網格狀之圖案的情況時之其中一例作概念性說明之平面圖。 Fig. 13 is a plan view conceptually showing an example of a case where a grid-like pattern is formed by using the pattern forming method of the present invention.

首先,如同圖13(a)中所示一般,以沿著矩形狀之基材1之1個邊的方向(圖面上之左右方向)的方式,來設定相對於基材1之液滴吐出裝置(圖13中未圖示)的相對移動方向D。沿著相對移動方向D來使液滴吐出裝置移動,並在相對於該方向D而有所傾斜的方向上以特定之間隔來形成複數之第1線狀液體2。於此,傾斜角度θ係被設定為45°。 First, as shown in FIG. 13(a), the droplet discharge with respect to the substrate 1 is set so as to follow the direction of one side of the rectangular substrate 1 (the horizontal direction on the drawing). The relative movement direction D of the device (not shown in Fig. 13). The droplet discharge device is moved in the relative movement direction D, and a plurality of first linear liquids 2 are formed at specific intervals in a direction inclined with respect to the direction D. Here, the inclination angle θ is set to 45°.

藉由使此些之第1線狀液體2乾燥,如同圖13(b)中所示一般,係能夠由各個的第1線狀液體2來形成第1平行線圖案3。第1平行線圖案3,係藉由線段31、32所構成。 By drying the first linear liquid 2 as described above, the first parallel line pattern 3 can be formed by each of the first linear liquids 2 as shown in FIG. 13(b). The first parallel line pattern 3 is composed of line segments 31 and 32.

接著,並不對於第1線狀液體2之形成時的相對移動方向D作變更地,來如同圖13(c)中所示一般,沿著相對移動方向D而使液滴吐出裝置移動,並在相對於該方向D而有所傾斜的方向上以特定之間隔來形成複數之第2線狀液體4。於此,傾斜角度θ係被設定為-45°。 Next, the droplet ejection device is moved along the relative movement direction D as shown in FIG. 13(c) without changing the relative movement direction D at the time of formation of the first linear liquid 2, and A plurality of second linear liquids 4 are formed at specific intervals in a direction inclined with respect to the direction D. Here, the inclination angle θ is set to -45°.

藉由使此些之第2線狀液體4乾燥,如同圖 13(d)中所示一般,係能夠由各個的第2線狀液體4來形成第2平行線圖案5。第2平行線圖案5,係藉由線段51、52所構成。 By drying the second linear liquid 4 as shown in the figure Generally, as shown in FIG. 13(d), the second parallel line pattern 5 can be formed by each of the second linear liquids 4. The second parallel line pattern 5 is composed of line segments 51 and 52.

如此這般,係能夠形成使第1平行線圖案3和第2平行線圖案5相互交叉所成的網格狀之圖案6。 In this manner, a grid-like pattern 6 in which the first parallel line pattern 3 and the second parallel line pattern 5 are intersected with each other can be formed.

第1平行線圖案3以及第2平行線圖案5,係被形成於相對於矩形狀之基材1之邊而有所傾斜的方向上。 The first parallel line pattern 3 and the second parallel line pattern 5 are formed in a direction inclined with respect to the side of the rectangular base material 1.

故而,就算是為了提昇面取效率而以沿著基材1之邊的方式來將基材1切出,亦由於圖案6係被形成在相對於基材1之邊而有所傾斜的方向上,因此,係能夠謀求波紋之防止。故而,係能夠同時達成波紋之防止和面取之效率。 Therefore, even if the substrate 1 is cut out along the side of the substrate 1 in order to improve the surface extraction efficiency, the pattern 6 is formed in a direction inclined with respect to the side of the substrate 1. Therefore, it is possible to prevent the corrugation. Therefore, it is possible to simultaneously achieve the prevention of corrugation and the efficiency of face extraction.

進而,藉由沿著相對於對於基材1之液滴吐出裝置7的相對移動方向D而有所傾斜的方向來形成線狀液體2,在賦予第1線狀液體2時、和賦予第2線狀液體4時,由於係並不需要使相對於基材之液滴吐出裝置的相對移動方向D作變更,因此係能夠使生產性提昇。由於係成為並不需要改變相對於基材之頭的方向,因此係亦能夠防止設備之複雜化和控制之複雜化。 Further, the linear liquid 2 is formed in a direction inclined with respect to the relative movement direction D of the liquid droplet discharging device 7 for the substrate 1, and when the first linear liquid 2 is supplied and the second liquid is supplied In the case of the linear liquid 4, since it is not necessary to change the relative movement direction D of the droplet discharge device with respect to the substrate, productivity can be improved. Since it is not necessary to change the direction with respect to the head of the substrate, it is also possible to prevent complication of the device and complexity of control.

圖14,係為對於使用本發明之圖案形成方法而形成網格狀之圖案的情況時之其他例作概念性說明之平面圖。圖14中,針對藉由與圖13相同的元件符號來表示的構成,係可援用在圖13中所進行之說明。 Fig. 14 is a plan view conceptually illustrating another example in the case of forming a grid-like pattern using the pattern forming method of the present invention. In FIG. 14, the configuration shown by the same reference numerals as in FIG. 13 can be referred to in FIG.

首先,在相對於相對移動方向D而有所傾斜之方向上,形成第1線狀液體2(圖14(a))。於此,傾斜角度θ係被設定為45°。 First, the first linear liquid 2 is formed in a direction inclined with respect to the relative movement direction D (Fig. 14 (a)). Here, the inclination angle θ is set to 45°.

接著,藉由使第1線狀液體2乾燥,而形成第1平行線圖案3(圖14(b))。 Next, the first linear liquid 2 is dried to form the first parallel line pattern 3 (FIG. 14(b)).

接著,將相對移動方向D,設定為相對於第1線狀液體2之形成時的相對移動方向D而為相反的方向。 Next, the relative movement direction D is set to be opposite to the relative movement direction D at the time of formation of the first linear liquid 2 .

在此狀態下,在相對於該相對移動方向D而有所傾斜之方向上,形成第2線狀液體4(圖14(c))。於此,傾斜角度θ係被設定為-45°。 In this state, the second linear liquid 4 is formed in a direction inclined with respect to the relative movement direction D (FIG. 14(c)). Here, the inclination angle θ is set to -45°.

接著,藉由使第2線狀液體4乾燥,而形成第2平行線圖案5(圖14(d))。 Next, the second linear liquid 4 is dried to form the second parallel line pattern 5 (FIG. 14(d)).

如此這般,係能夠形成使第1平行線圖案3和第2平行線圖案5相互交叉所成的網格狀之圖案6。 In this manner, a grid-like pattern 6 in which the first parallel line pattern 3 and the second parallel line pattern 5 are intersected with each other can be formed.

如同上述一般,藉由沿著相對於對於基材之液滴吐出裝置的相對移動方向D而有所傾斜的方向來形成線狀液體,在賦予第1線狀液體2時、和賦予第2線狀液體4時,係亦能夠將相對於基材之液滴吐出裝置的相對移動方向D設定為反方向。 As described above, the linear liquid is formed in a direction inclined with respect to the relative movement direction D of the liquid droplet discharge device for the substrate, and when the first linear liquid 2 is supplied and the second line is provided In the case of the liquid 4, the relative movement direction D of the droplet discharge device with respect to the substrate can be set to the opposite direction.

藉由此,當在基材1上而使液滴吐出裝置作一次之往返移動時,於往路和返路處,係能夠分別形成第1線狀液體和第2線狀液體。 Thereby, when the droplet discharge device is moved back and forth once on the substrate 1, the first linear liquid and the second linear liquid can be formed in the forward path and the return path, respectively.

在液滴吐出裝置處,如同上述一般地設定為與相對移動方向D相反之方向並吐出液滴一事,相對上而 言係較為容易,而能夠並不需要進行將對於基材之液滴吐出裝置的配置角度進行再設定等之工程地來容易地實施之。 At the droplet discharge device, as described above, generally set to the direction opposite to the relative movement direction D and discharge the droplets, as opposed to It is easy to carry out the teaching, and it is not necessary to carry out the process of resetting the arrangement angle of the droplet discharge device of the substrate, and the like.

在線狀液體之乾燥時,較理想,係施加促進乾燥之處理。藉由此,係可得到能夠使平行線圖案之形成更加安定化的效果。 In the case of drying the linear liquid, it is preferred to apply a treatment for promoting drying. Thereby, an effect of making the formation of the parallel line pattern more stable can be obtained.

作為促進乾燥之處理,例如,係可例示有加熱、送風、能量線之照射等之處理,而亦可使用此些之1或者是2以上之組合。 As the treatment for promoting drying, for example, treatment such as heating, air blowing, and irradiation with an energy ray may be exemplified, and one or a combination of two or more may be used.

較理想,係使用促進線狀液體之乾燥的乾燥裝置(亦稱作乾燥機)。乾燥裝置,只要是構成為能夠實行上述之乾燥處理者即可,例如,係可例示有加熱器、送風機、能量線照射裝置等,而亦可使用此些之1或者是2以上之組合來構成之。 Preferably, a drying device (also referred to as a dryer) that promotes drying of the linear liquid is used. The drying device may be configured to be capable of performing the above-described drying process. For example, a heater, a blower, an energy ray irradiation device, or the like may be exemplified, and one or a combination of two or more may be used. It.

圖15,係為對於乾燥裝置之構成例作概念性說明之平面圖。 Fig. 15 is a plan view conceptually illustrating a configuration example of a drying device.

乾燥裝置8,較理想,係與液滴吐出裝置7一同地而以相對於基材而作相對移動的方式來作設置。如同圖示一般,若是在為了進行液滴吐出裝置7之移動所使用的托架9處,與液滴吐出裝置7一同地而搭載乾燥裝置8,則亦為理想。 The drying device 8 is preferably provided in such a manner as to move relative to the substrate together with the droplet discharge device 7. It is also preferable to mount the drying device 8 together with the droplet discharge device 7 in the tray 9 used for moving the droplet discharge device 7 as shown in the figure.

圖示之構成例,由於係想定為在使液滴吐出裝置7進行往返移動時,僅在往路處而形成線狀液體,因此,係在液滴吐出裝置7之相對移動方向D的後方處設置 有乾燥裝置8,但是,當在往路和返路之雙方處而形成線狀液體的情況時,係亦可在液滴吐出裝置7之移動方向的兩側處設置乾燥裝置8。 In the configuration example of the figure, it is assumed that when the droplet discharge device 7 is reciprocated, the linear liquid is formed only at the forward path, and therefore, the liquid droplet discharge device 7 is disposed behind the relative movement direction D. There is a drying device 8. However, when a linear liquid is formed at both the forward path and the return path, the drying device 8 may be provided at both sides in the moving direction of the liquid droplet discharging device 7.

又,乾燥裝置,係亦可設置在基材側處。例如,若是在載置基材之平台處,設置加熱器等之乾燥裝置,則亦為理想。進而,若是在液滴吐出裝置側和基材側處分別設置乾燥裝置,則亦為理想。 Further, the drying device may be provided at the side of the substrate. For example, it is also preferable to provide a drying device such as a heater on a platform on which a substrate is placed. Further, it is also preferable to provide a drying device on the side of the droplet discharge device and the substrate side.

在以上之說明中,作為相對於基材而使液滴吐出裝置作相對移動之例,主要係針對將基材固定並使液滴吐出裝置移動的情況來作了展示。本發明,係並不被限定於此例,亦可構成為使基材移動並將液滴吐出裝置作固定。 In the above description, an example in which the droplet discharge device is relatively moved with respect to the substrate is mainly shown in the case where the substrate is fixed and the droplet discharge device is moved. The present invention is not limited to this example, and may be configured to move the substrate and fix the droplet discharge device.

進而,為了實現相對移動,係亦可使基材移動並且亦使液滴吐出裝置移動,但是,此會有導致控制變得複雜的情況。從使控制成為容易的觀點來看,較理想,係將基材和液滴吐出裝置之其中一方固定,並使另外一方移動。 Further, in order to achieve relative movement, the substrate may be moved and the droplet discharge device may be moved. However, this may cause complicated control. From the viewpoint of making control easy, it is preferable to fix one of the substrate and the droplet discharge device and move the other.

以下,針對使基材移動並將液滴吐出裝置作固定的情況之例作說明。 Hereinafter, an example of a case where the substrate is moved and the droplet discharge device is fixed will be described.

圖16,係為對於本發明之圖案形成方法的其他例作概念性說明之平面圖。 Fig. 16 is a plan view conceptually illustrating another example of the pattern forming method of the present invention.

在此例中,作為液滴吐出裝置7,係使用將複數之噴墨頭在寬幅方向上作了複數之並列設置的線列頭。線列頭,係涵蓋在基材處之圖案形成區域的寬幅以上之寬 幅地而被形成有噴嘴。 In this example, as the droplet discharge device 7, a line head in which a plurality of ink jet heads are arranged in parallel in a wide direction is used. The line head is covered by the width of the pattern forming area at the substrate. A nozzle is formed on the web.

在此例中,係使用2台之由線列頭所成之液滴吐出裝置7。 In this example, two droplet discharge devices 7 made of a line head are used.

將此些之液滴吐出裝置7固定,並將長條狀之基材1,以依序供給至此些之液滴吐出裝置7處的方式來進行搬送。基材1,係藉由未圖示之搬送手段而被朝向特定方向作搬送。搬送手段,係並未特別作限定,例如係可藉由皮帶輸送帶裝置等來構成。在圖中,以箭頭E來展示基材1之搬送方向。此時,相對於基材1之液滴吐出裝置7的相對移動方向D,係成為與基材1之搬送方向E反方向。 The droplet discharge device 7 is fixed, and the elongated substrate 1 is conveyed in such a manner as to be sequentially supplied to the droplet discharge devices 7. The base material 1 is conveyed in a specific direction by a conveying means (not shown). The transport means is not particularly limited, and may be constituted by, for example, a belt conveyor device or the like. In the figure, the conveying direction of the substrate 1 is shown by an arrow E. At this time, the relative movement direction D of the droplet discharge device 7 with respect to the base material 1 is opposite to the conveyance direction E of the base material 1.

各個的液滴吐出裝置7,係在基材1之搬送方向E的下游側處,分別具備有乾燥裝置8。基材1,係依據上游側之液滴吐出裝置7、上游側之乾燥裝置8、下游側之液滴吐出裝置7、下游側之乾燥裝置8的順序而被作搬送。 Each of the droplet discharge devices 7 is provided with a drying device 8 on the downstream side in the transport direction E of the substrate 1. The substrate 1 is transported in the order of the droplet discharge device 7 on the upstream side, the drying device 8 on the upstream side, the droplet discharge device 7 on the downstream side, and the drying device 8 on the downstream side.

首先,被搬送之基材1,係被供給至上游側之液滴吐出裝置7處。於此,在相對於該液滴吐出裝置7之相對移動方向D而有所傾斜之方向上,係被形成有第1線狀液體2。第1線狀液體2之傾斜角度θ,係被設定為45°。 First, the substrate 1 to be conveyed is supplied to the droplet discharge device 7 on the upstream side. Here, the first linear liquid 2 is formed in a direction inclined with respect to the relative movement direction D of the droplet discharge device 7. The inclination angle θ of the first linear liquid 2 is set to 45°.

接著,被形成有第1線狀液體2之區域,係被供給至上游側之乾燥裝置8處。於此,藉由使第1線狀液體2乾燥,而形成第1平行線圖案3。 Next, the region in which the first linear liquid 2 is formed is supplied to the drying device 8 on the upstream side. Here, the first parallel line pattern 3 is formed by drying the first linear liquid 2.

接著,被形成有平行線圖案3之區域,係被供給至下游側之液滴吐出裝置7處。於此,在相對於該液滴吐出裝置7之相對移動方向D而有所傾斜之方向上,係被形成有第2線狀液體4。第2線狀液體4之傾斜角度θ,係被設定為-45°。 Next, the region in which the parallel line pattern 3 is formed is supplied to the droplet discharge device 7 on the downstream side. Here, the second linear liquid 4 is formed in a direction inclined with respect to the relative movement direction D of the droplet discharge device 7. The inclination angle θ of the second linear liquid 4 is set to -45°.

接著,被形成有第2線狀液體4之區域,係被供給至下游側之乾燥裝置8處。於此,藉由使第2線狀液體4乾燥,而形成第2平行線圖案5。 Next, the region in which the second linear liquid 4 is formed is supplied to the downstream drying device 8. Here, the second parallel line pattern 5 is formed by drying the second linear liquid 4.

如此這般,藉由沿著相對於對於基材之液滴吐出裝置的相對移動方向D而有所傾斜的方向來形成線狀液體,係成為亦能夠合適地適用於在使基材移動並且將液滴吐出裝置固定的條件下來形成圖案之方法(例如,使用有上述一般之線列頭的圖案形成方法)中。 In this manner, by forming the linear liquid in a direction inclined with respect to the relative moving direction D of the liquid droplet discharging device for the substrate, it is also suitable to be suitable for moving the substrate and A method of forming a pattern under the condition that the droplet discharge device is fixed (for example, using a pattern forming method having the above-described general line head).

在以上之說明中,於使用液滴吐出裝置而形成線狀液體時,主要係針對將對於1個像素而從1個的噴嘴所賦予之液滴,於與噴嘴列相交叉之方向上作複數之賦予,並使複數之前述液滴組合併為一,而形成在與噴嘴列相交叉之方向上而延伸的線狀液體之情況來作了說明,但是,係並不被限定於此。例如,於使用液滴吐出裝置而形成線狀液體時,若是將對相對於液滴吐出裝置之噴嘴列而被平行地作配置的像素組而從複數之噴嘴所賦予之液滴組,於與噴嘴列相交叉之方向上作複數組之賦予,並使複數組之前述液滴組合併為一,而形成在與噴嘴列相交叉之方向上而延伸的線狀液體,則亦為理想。針對此形態,參 考圖17~圖19來作說明。 In the above description, when a linear liquid is formed by using a droplet discharge device, the droplets which are supplied from one nozzle for one pixel are plural in the direction intersecting the nozzle row. Although the above-described liquid droplets are combined and formed into a single linear liquid which extends in the direction intersecting the nozzle row, the present invention is not limited thereto. For example, when a linear liquid is formed by using a droplet discharge device, a group of droplets given from a plurality of nozzles in a group of pixels arranged in parallel with respect to a nozzle row of the droplet discharge device is used. It is also preferable to form a complex array in the direction in which the nozzle rows intersect, and to combine the droplets of the complex array to form a linear liquid extending in a direction intersecting the nozzle row. For this form, Refer to Figure 17 to Figure 19 for illustration.

如同圖17中所示一般,於此,線狀液體2,係相對於液滴吐出裝置7之相對移動方向D而有所傾斜地被形成。 As shown in Fig. 17, in general, the linear liquid 2 is formed obliquely with respect to the relative movement direction D of the droplet discharge device 7.

亦即是,一面相對於基材1而使液滴吐出裝置7作相對移動,一面從液滴吐出裝置7來在基材1上吐出包含功能性材料之液滴20。相對移動方向D,係被設定於相對於由噴嘴72a~72j所成之噴嘴列73的方向N而相正交之方向上。 In other words, the liquid droplet discharging device 7 is relatively moved with respect to the substrate 1, and the droplets 20 containing the functional material are discharged from the liquid droplet discharging device 7 on the substrate 1. The relative movement direction D is set in a direction orthogonal to the direction N of the nozzle row 73 formed by the nozzles 72a to 72j.

在該相對移動之過程中,係對於由相對於噴嘴列73之方向N而被平行地作配置的複數之像素(a1、b1、c1)所成之像素組,而從複數之噴嘴72a、72b、72c之各者來賦予液滴20、亦即是賦予液滴組。 In the course of the relative movement, the pixel groups formed by the plurality of pixels (a1, b1, c1) arranged in parallel with respect to the direction N of the nozzle row 73, and the plurality of nozzles 72a, 72b Each of 72c provides a droplet 20, that is, a droplet group.

接著,在使液滴吐出裝置7於相對移動方向α上而作了1個像素之量的相對移動後,對於由相對於噴嘴列73之方向N而被平行地作配置的複數之像素(b2、c2、d2)所成之下一個像素組,而從複數之噴嘴72b、72c、72d之各者來賦予液滴20、亦即是賦予下一個液滴組。藉由反覆進行此,而將液滴組在相對於噴嘴列73之方向N而有所傾斜的方向上作複數組之賦予。 Next, after the droplet discharge device 7 is relatively moved by one pixel in the relative movement direction α, a plurality of pixels (b2) arranged in parallel with respect to the direction N of the nozzle row 73 are provided. And c2, d2) are formed into one lower pixel group, and the liquid droplets 20 are given from each of the plurality of nozzles 72b, 72c, and 72d, that is, the next liquid droplet group is given. By repeating this, the droplet group is given a complex array in a direction inclined with respect to the direction N of the nozzle row 73.

亦即是,在圖示之例中,於選擇成為液滴20之賦予對象的像素組時,係以相對於構成之前所選擇之像素組的各像素而在噴嘴列之方向N上作特定像素數(於圖示之例中,係為1個像素)之量之偏移的方式,來從構成 下一行的像素之中而選擇下一個像素組。 That is, in the illustrated example, when the pixel group to be targeted by the liquid droplets 20 is selected, a specific pixel is formed in the direction N of the nozzle row with respect to each pixel constituting the previously selected pixel group. The number of offsets (in the example shown in the figure, is one pixel) The next pixel group is selected among the pixels of the next line.

藉由使構成此些之複數之液滴組的液滴20彼此合併為一,如圖18中所示一般,係能夠形成在沿著相對於噴嘴列73之方向N而有所傾斜之方向、亦即是沿著相對於液滴吐出裝置7之相對移動方向D而有所傾斜的方向而延伸的線狀液體2。 By merging the droplets 20 constituting the plural droplet group into one another, as shown in FIG. 18, it is possible to form a direction which is inclined in the direction N with respect to the nozzle row 73, That is, the linear liquid 2 extends in a direction inclined with respect to the relative movement direction D of the droplet discharge device 7.

進而,在使線狀液體2乾燥時,藉由於線狀液體2之緣部堆積功能性材料,如同圖19中所示一般,係能夠形成包含該功能性材料之平行線圖案3。由1根的線狀液體2所形成之平行線圖案3,係藉由1組2根的線段(細線)31、32所構成。平行線圖案3,係沿著液滴吐出裝置7之相對移動方向D而傾斜地被形成。 Further, when the linear liquid 2 is dried, a functional material is deposited on the edge of the linear liquid 2, and as shown in Fig. 19, a parallel line pattern 3 containing the functional material can be formed. The parallel line pattern 3 formed of one linear liquid 2 is composed of one set of two line segments (thin lines) 31 and 32. The parallel line pattern 3 is formed obliquely along the relative movement direction D of the droplet discharge device 7.

如同上述一般,在將線狀液體2相對於液滴吐出裝置7之相對移動方向D而傾斜地形成的情況時,係藉由對於由相對於噴嘴列73而被平行地作配置的複數之像素所成之像素組而從複數之噴嘴來賦予液滴組,而能夠將線狀液體2之形成寬幅自由地增大。進而,就算是在將由線狀液體2所產生的細線31、32之配置間隔I增大的情況時,亦能夠適當地防止膨出之發生。亦即是,係能夠並不使包含功能性材料之細線31、32之形成變得不安定化地,而使該細線31、32之配置間隔I的設定之自由度提昇。 As described above, in the case where the linear liquid 2 is formed obliquely with respect to the relative movement direction D of the droplet discharge device 7, it is performed by a plurality of pixels arranged in parallel with respect to the nozzle row 73. By forming a pixel group and giving a droplet group from a plurality of nozzles, the formation of the linear liquid 2 can be freely increased in width. Further, even when the arrangement interval I of the thin wires 31 and 32 generated by the linear liquid 2 is increased, the occurrence of bulging can be appropriately prevented. In other words, the degree of freedom in setting the arrangement interval I of the thin wires 31 and 32 can be improved without making the formation of the thin wires 31 and 32 containing the functional material unstable.

在以上之說明中,雖係針對將構成像素組之像素數設為3像素的情況來作了展示,但是,係並不被限 定於此,而能夠以使細線31、32成為所期望之配置間隔I的方式來適宜作設定。因此,係可得到能夠使配置間隔I之設定的自由度變高的效果。構成像素組之像素數,例如,係以設定在2像素~20像素之範圍內為理想,又以設定在2像素~10像素之範圍內為更理想。 In the above description, although the case where the number of pixels constituting the pixel group is set to 3 pixels is shown, it is not limited. In this case, it is possible to appropriately set the thin lines 31 and 32 so as to have a desired arrangement interval I. Therefore, it is possible to obtain an effect that the degree of freedom in setting the arrangement interval I can be increased. The number of pixels constituting the pixel group is preferably set to be in the range of 2 pixels to 20 pixels, and more preferably set in the range of 2 pixels to 10 pixels.

在圖17~圖19之例中,針對形成用以形成平行線圖案3之線狀液體2的情況,雖係對於使用像素組的形態來作了說明,但是,此說明,係亦可援用於形成用以形成與該平行線圖案3相交叉之平行線圖案5的線狀液體4之情況中。 In the example of FIGS. 17 to 19, the case where the linear liquid 2 for forming the parallel line pattern 3 is formed is described with respect to the form in which the pixel group is used, but the description can also be applied to In the case where the linear liquid 4 for forming the parallel line pattern 5 crossing the parallel line pattern 3 is formed.

在以上之說明中,雖係針對液滴吐出裝置為具備有被配置為一列之複數之噴嘴的情況來作了展示,但是本發明係並不被限定於此。例如,如同圖20中所示一般,液滴吐出裝置7,係亦可為具備有被配置為複數列之複數之噴嘴者。於此情況,噴嘴列73之方向,係對應於此些之複數之噴嘴的全體性之配列方向N。 In the above description, the droplet discharge device has been described as being provided with a plurality of nozzles arranged in a line, but the present invention is not limited thereto. For example, as shown in FIG. 20, the droplet discharge device 7 may be a nozzle having a plurality of nozzles arranged in a plurality of columns. In this case, the direction of the nozzle row 73 corresponds to the overall arrangement direction N of the plurality of nozzles.

接著,針對用以使在藉由讓平行線圖案相互交叉所構成的圖案(網格狀之功能性圖案)中之細線的直線性提高之調整作說明。 Next, an adjustment for improving the linearity of the thin lines in the pattern (the grid-like functional pattern) formed by intersecting the parallel line patterns with each other will be described.

設為網格狀之功能性圖案一事,對於實現在保持有低視覺辨認性的狀態下而於基材上使功能性材料分布一事而言,係為有利。 It is advantageous to provide a functional pattern in a grid shape in order to realize distribution of a functional material on a substrate while maintaining low visibility.

特別是,構成如同上述一般所形成的平行線圖案之線段,由於係能夠實現數μm之線寬幅,因此,藉 由該微細之線寬幅,網格狀之功能性圖案,就算是功能性材料自身並非為透明,也不會被人類的眼睛所辨識出來,而看起來就如同透明一般。 In particular, the line segments constituting the parallel line pattern formed as described above are capable of realizing a line width of several μm, thereby From the fine line width, the grid-like functional pattern, even if the functional material itself is not transparent, it will not be recognized by the human eye, but it looks like transparency.

關於功能性材料之細線圖案的形狀,係可依據使用該功能性材料之裝置來作設定。作為裝置之其中一例,被使用在觸控面板中之觸控感測器,係為了檢測出由手指等所指示的位置,而使用有透明之面電極。 The shape of the fine line pattern of the functional material can be set according to the device using the functional material. As an example of the device, a touch sensor used in a touch panel uses a transparent surface electrode in order to detect a position indicated by a finger or the like.

網格狀之功能性圖案,若是作為功能性材料而使用導電性材料,則係可合適適用在觸控面板等之透明的面電極等中。從構成面電極等的觀點來看,藉由形成方向互為相異之複數的平行線圖案來構成網格狀一事,在增加導電路徑的觀點上而言,係為非常有效。 The functional pattern of the mesh shape can be suitably applied to a transparent surface electrode or the like of a touch panel or the like if a conductive material is used as the functional material. From the viewpoint of constituting the surface electrode and the like, it is very effective to form a mesh shape by forming a plurality of parallel line patterns whose directions are different from each other, and it is effective in increasing the conductive path.

作為形成此種網格狀之功能性圖案的形成方法,係可列舉出圖21中所示之方法。 As a method of forming such a grid-like functional pattern, the method shown in Fig. 21 can be cited.

首先,如同圖21(a)中所示一般,在基材1上,將線狀液體2塗布為網格狀。亦即是,係以會在交叉部X處而相互交叉的方式,來塗布線狀液體2。 First, as shown in Fig. 21 (a), the linear liquid 2 is applied to the substrate 1 in a grid shape. That is, the linear liquid 2 is applied in such a manner as to intersect each other at the intersection X.

接著,藉由使線狀液體2乾燥,如同圖21(b)中所示一般,係能夠形成由平行線圖案3所成的網格狀圖案。 Next, by drying the linear liquid 2, as shown in Fig. 21 (b), a grid-like pattern formed by the parallel line patterns 3 can be formed.

此時,在線狀液體2中所包含之功能性材料係堆積在緣部處,其結果,在方向相異之平行線所相交的交叉部X處,線段31、32係成為被截斷。 At this time, the functional material contained in the linear liquid 2 is deposited at the edge portion, and as a result, the line segments 31 and 32 are cut at the intersection X where the parallel lines having different directions intersect.

作為防止在交叉部X處之線段31、32的截斷 之方法,係可列舉出圖22中所示之方法。 As a truncation to prevent the line segments 31, 32 at the intersection X The method shown in Fig. 22 can be exemplified.

在此例中,係於圖21所說明之方法中,如同圖22(a)中所示一般地,將藉由線狀液體2所形成的交點之部分的墨水量,設定為較其他之部分而更大。 In this example, in the method illustrated in Fig. 21, as shown in Fig. 22(a), the ink amount of the portion of the intersection formed by the linear liquid 2 is set to be larger than the other portions. And bigger.

若依據此方法,則如同圖22(b)中所示一般,在由平行線圖案3所成的網格狀圖案中,係能夠防止在交叉部X處的線段31、32之截斷。 According to this method, as shown in Fig. 22 (b), in the grid pattern formed by the parallel line pattern 3, the cutoff of the line segments 31, 32 at the intersection portion X can be prevented.

此時,由於對於交叉部X的墨水量係有所增加,因此,如同圖22(b)中所示一般,交叉部X,係成為具備有較線段31、32之間隔而更大之直徑的環狀。 At this time, since the amount of ink for the intersection portion X is increased, as shown in FIG. 22(b), the intersection portion X is formed to have a larger diameter than the interval between the line segments 31 and 32. ring.

此種環狀之部分的產生,在防止線段31、32之截斷並例如成為例如容易確保導電性等的觀點來看,係為有利,但是,係會有週期性地視覺辨認出該環狀之部分的情形,而可以得知,在對於低視覺辨認性作更進一步之改善的觀點來看,係有所限度。 The generation of such a ring portion is advantageous in that, for example, it is advantageous to prevent the line segments 31 and 32 from being cut off, for example, it is easy to ensure conductivity, and the like, but the ring shape is periodically visually recognized. In some cases, it can be seen that there is a limit to the point of further improvement for low visual recognition.

又,作為防止在交叉部X處之線段31、32的截斷之方法,係亦可列舉出圖23中所示之方法。 Further, as a method of preventing the cutting of the line segments 31, 32 at the intersection portion X, the method shown in Fig. 23 can also be cited.

首先,如同圖23(a)中所示一般,在第1方向(圖中之左右方向)上,塗布線狀液體2。 First, as shown in Fig. 23 (a), the linear liquid 2 is applied in the first direction (the horizontal direction in the drawing).

在使此線狀液體2乾燥的過程中,使功能性材料在緣部處作選擇性的堆積,並如同圖23(b)中所示一般,形成第1平行線圖案3。 In the process of drying the linear liquid 2, the functional material is selectively deposited at the edge portion, and as shown in Fig. 23(b), the first parallel line pattern 3 is formed.

接著,如同圖23(c)中所示一般,在與第1方向相異之第2方向(在此例中,係為與第1方向相正交 的方向,亦即是圖中之上下方向)上,塗布第2線狀液體4。亦即是,係以會相對於第1平行線圖案3之形成區域而相互交叉的方式,來塗布第2線狀液體4。 Next, as shown in FIG. 23(c), in the second direction different from the first direction (in this example, it is orthogonal to the first direction) The second linear liquid 4 is applied in the direction, that is, in the upper and lower directions in the figure. In other words, the second linear liquid 4 is applied so as to intersect each other with respect to the formation region of the first parallel line pattern 3.

在使此線狀液體4乾燥的過程中,使功能性材料在緣部處作選擇性的堆積,並如同圖23(d)中所示一般,形成第2平行線圖案5。51、52,係為構成第2平行線圖案5之線段。 In the process of drying the linear liquid 4, the functional material is selectively deposited at the edge, and as shown in Fig. 23(d), a second parallel line pattern 5. 51, 52 is formed. It is a line segment constituting the second parallel line pattern 5.

如同上述一般,而形成由形成方向互為相異之第1平行線圖案3和第2平行線圖案5所成的網格狀之功能性圖案。 As described above, a grid-like functional pattern formed by the first parallel line pattern 3 and the second parallel line pattern 5 which are formed in mutually different directions is formed.

若依據此方法,則在方向互為相異之平行線所相交的交叉部X處,係能夠分別防止線段31、32以及線段51、52之截斷。 According to this method, it is possible to prevent the line segments 31, 32 and the line segments 51, 52 from being cut off at the intersection X where the mutually parallel parallel lines intersect.

圖24,係為對於交叉部X之形成例作展示之重要部分擴大圖。 Fig. 24 is an enlarged view of an important part showing an example of the formation of the intersection portion X.

在使用圖23而作了說明的例中,如同圖24(a)以及圖24(b)中所示一般,在交叉部X處,於構成第2平行線圖案之線段51、52之間,係產生有膨脹(圖24(a))和縮窄(圖24(b))。在圖25(a)中,對於產生有膨脹之網格狀之功能性圖案的光學顯微鏡照片作展示。 In the example described using FIG. 23, as shown in FIGS. 24(a) and 24(b), at the intersection X, between the line segments 51, 52 constituting the second parallel line pattern, There is expansion (Fig. 24(a)) and narrowing (Fig. 24(b)). In Fig. 25(a), an optical microscope photograph showing a functional pattern having an expanded mesh shape is shown.

係得知了:該線段51、52之間的膨脹或縮窄,係會成為對於低視覺辨認性之提昇造成限制的原因。 It is known that the expansion or narrowing between the segments 51, 52 is a cause of limitation for the improvement of low visibility.

又,係得知了:特別是當功能性材料乃身為 導電性材料的情況時,起因於該膨脹或縮窄,導電路徑之長度係會在沿著第1平行線圖案3之方向(第1方向)和沿著第2平行線圖案5之方向(第2方向)上而有所相異,從防止電阻之參差的觀點來看,係仍有著更進一步作改善的餘地。 Also, the department learned: especially when functional materials are In the case of a conductive material, the length of the conductive path is in the direction along the first parallel line pattern 3 (first direction) and the direction along the second parallel line pattern 5 (in the case of the expansion or narrowing) In the 2 directions), there is a difference. From the viewpoint of preventing the variation of the resistance, there is still room for further improvement.

為了對此些問題作改善,在使用圖23所作了說明的例中,係如同圖24(c)中所示一般,針對構成第2平行線圖案5之2根的線段51、52間之間隔,係以使在第1平行線圖案3之形成區域內的平均間隔A和在第1平行線圖案3之形成區域外的平均間隔B會滿足下述式(1)的方式,來進行調整。 In order to improve on these problems, in the example explained using FIG. 23, as shown in FIG. 24(c), the interval between the line segments 51, 52 constituting the two second parallel line patterns 5 is shown. The adjustment is performed such that the average interval A in the formation region of the first parallel line pattern 3 and the average interval B outside the formation region of the first parallel line pattern 3 satisfy the following formula (1).

0.9≦B/A≦1.1…式(1) 0.9≦B/A≦1.1...(1)

藉由此,在所得到的網格狀之功能性圖案中,係能夠防止線段之斷線,並能夠使低視覺辨認性提昇,特別是在功能性材料乃身為導電性材料的情況時,係能夠使導電路徑之長度以高精確度而在前述第1方向和前述第2方向上成為相同,而能夠得到可對於電阻之參差適當地作抑制的效果。在圖25(b)中,對於進行上述一般之調整所得到的網格狀之功能性圖案的光學顯微鏡照片作展示。 Thereby, in the obtained grid-like functional pattern, it is possible to prevent the line segment from being broken, and it is possible to improve the low visibility, especially in the case where the functional material is a conductive material. It is possible to make the length of the conductive path the same in the first direction and the second direction with high accuracy, and it is possible to obtain an effect that the variation of the electric resistance can be appropriately suppressed. In Fig. 25(b), an optical micrograph of a grid-like functional pattern obtained by performing the above general adjustment is shown.

所謂第1平行線圖案3之形成區域,係指從構成第1平行線圖案之其中一方的線段31起直到另外一 方之線段32為止的區域,從其他觀點來看,係亦可代表為了形成第1平行線圖案3所賦予的第1線狀液體2之賦予區域。 The formation region of the first parallel line pattern 3 means from the line segment 31 constituting one of the first parallel line patterns to the other one. The region up to the square line segment 32 may represent an application region of the first linear liquid 2 to be formed in order to form the first parallel line pattern 3 from another viewpoint.

針對構成第2平行線圖案5之線段51、52間之間隔,在第1平行線圖案3之形成區域內的平均間隔A、和在第1平行線圖案3之形成區域外的平均間隔B,係分別可設為在複數的場所處所作了測定的間隔之平均值。 The interval between the line segments 51 and 52 constituting the second parallel line pattern 5, the average interval A in the region where the first parallel line pattern 3 is formed, and the average interval B outside the region where the first parallel line pattern 3 is formed, The average of the intervals of the measurements made at the plurality of locations can be set separately.

為了測定平均間隔A所設定的複數場所(n個場所)之測定場所,較理想,係在第1平行線圖案3之形成區域內,沿著第2方向而以等間隔來作配置。又,為了測定平均間隔B所設定的複數場所(m個場所)之測定場所,較理想,係在第1平行線圖案3之形成區域外,沿著第2方向而以等間隔來作配置。 In order to measure the measurement sites of the plurality of places (n places) set by the average interval A, it is preferable to arrange them at equal intervals along the second direction in the formation region of the first parallel line pattern 3. Further, in order to measure the measurement sites of the plurality of places (m places) set by the average interval B, it is preferable to arrange them at equal intervals along the second direction outside the formation region of the first parallel line pattern 3.

平均間隔A以及平均間隔B,較理想,係如同下述一般地來測定。 The average interval A and the average interval B are preferable, and are generally measured as follows.

圖26,係為對於平均間隔A以及平均間隔B之測定方法的其中一例作說明之圖。 Fig. 26 is a view showing an example of a method of measuring the average interval A and the average interval B.

首先,平均間隔A,係如同圖26中所示一般,針對構成第2平行線圖案5之線段51、52間之間隔,而作為在沿著構成第1平行線圖案之線段31、32的2個場所A1、A2和較線段31、32而更內側處之5個場所A3~A7的合計7個場所A1~A7處所測定出的間隔之平均,來求取之。此時,此些之合計7個場所的測定場所 A1~A7,係沿著第2平行線圖案的形成方向(第2方向)來以等間隔作配置。 First, the average interval A is as shown in Fig. 26, and is the interval between the line segments 51, 52 constituting the second parallel line pattern 5 as 2 along the line segments 31, 32 constituting the first parallel line pattern. The average of the intervals measured at the seven places A1 to A7 of the five places A3 to A7 at the inner side of the places A1 and A2 and the line sections 31 and 32 is obtained. At this time, the measurement sites of the total of these seven places A1 to A7 are arranged at equal intervals along the forming direction (second direction) of the second parallel line pattern.

另一方面,平均間隔B,係如同圖26中所示一般,針對構成第2平行線圖案5之線段51、52間之間隔,而作為在與關連於上述之平均間隔A之合計7個場所A1~A7相鄰接的合計5個場所之測定場所B1~B5處所測定出的間隔之平均,來求取之。此時,此些之合計5個場所的測定場所B1~B5,係能夠沿著第2平行線圖案的形成方向(第2方向)來以與關連於上述之平均間隔A之合計7個場所的測定場所A1~A7相同之等間隔來作配置。關連於平均間隔A之測定的合計7個場所的測定場所A1~A7、和關連於平均間隔B之測定的合計5個場所的測定場所B1~B5,係能夠沿著第2方向來相互以等間隔來作配置。 On the other hand, the average interval B is as shown in Fig. 26, and is the interval between the line segments 51, 52 constituting the second parallel line pattern 5, and is 7 places in total in relation to the above-mentioned average interval A. The average of the intervals measured at the measurement sites B1 to B5 of the total of five sites adjacent to each other from A1 to A7 is obtained. In this case, the measurement sites B1 to B5 of the total of the five places can be in a total of seven places in the direction in which the second parallel line pattern is formed (the second direction) and the average interval A is the same. The measurement sites A1 to A7 are arranged at equal intervals. The measurement sites A1 to A7 of the total of seven locations that are connected to the measurement of the average interval A, and the measurement sites B1 to B5 of the total of five sites that are connected to the measurement of the average interval B are capable of being mutually aligned along the second direction. Interval for configuration.

在圖示之例中,係針對將平均間隔B之測定場所B1~B5相對於平均間隔A之測定場所A1~A7來在圖中而鄰接於下側地作設定的例子作了展示,但是,係亦可在圖中而鄰接於上側地作設定。此時,較理想,係以使平均間隔A和平均間隔B之差會變得更大的方式,來在上側(其中一側)、下側(另外一側)之其中一者處而設定平均間隔B之測定場所B1~B5。 In the example shown in the figure, the measurement sites B1 to B5 of the average interval B are displayed adjacent to the lower side in the drawing with respect to the measurement sites A1 to A7 of the average interval A. It can also be set adjacent to the upper side in the figure. In this case, it is preferable to set the average at one of the upper side (one side) and the lower side (the other side) in such a manner that the difference between the average interval A and the average interval B becomes larger. Measurement site B1 to B5 of interval B.

在圖26之例中,作為用以測定平均間隔A之測定場所,係針對包含有沿著構成第1平行線圖案之線段31、32的2個場所A1、A2之情況來作了說明,但是,係 亦可構成為包含有沿著線段31、32之其中一方的1個場所。又,係亦可構成為並未包含有沿著線段31、32之場所。 In the example of FIG. 26, the measurement site for measuring the average interval A is described with respect to the two places A1 and A2 including the line segments 31 and 32 constituting the first parallel line pattern, but ,system It may be configured to include one location along one of the line segments 31 and 32. Further, it may be configured not to include a place along the line segments 31, 32.

在圖26之例中,作為用以測定平均間隔A之測定場所,係針對包含有較構成第1平行線圖案之線段31、32而更內側的5個場所A3~A7之情況來作了說明,但是,係並非絕對需要為5個場所,較理想,係為2以上之複數個場所。 In the example of FIG. 26, the measurement site for measuring the average interval A is described with respect to the five places A3 to A7 including the line segments 31 and 32 constituting the first parallel line pattern. However, it is not absolutely necessary to have five places, and it is preferable that it is a plurality of places of two or more.

在圖26之例中,作為用以測定平均間隔B之測定場所,係針對包含有較構成第1平行線圖案之線段31、32而更外側的5個場所B1~B5之情況來作了說明,但是,係並非絕對需要為5個場所,較理想,係為2以上之複數個場所。 In the example of FIG. 26, the measurement site for measuring the average interval B is described with respect to the five places B1 to B5 including the line segments 31 and 32 constituting the first parallel line pattern. However, it is not absolutely necessary to have five places, and it is preferable that it is a plurality of places of two or more.

構成為了求取出平均間隔A以及平均間隔B而在各測定場所處被作了測定的第2平行線圖案5之線段51、52間之間隔,係可如同下述一般而定義之。 The interval between the line segments 51 and 52 of the second parallel line pattern 5 measured at each measurement site in order to extract the average interval A and the average interval B can be defined as follows.

圖27,係為對於被形成在基材上之平行線圖案的其中一例作展示之部分擴大平面圖。圖28,係為對於圖27中之(a)-(a)線剖面作說明的說明圖,並對於將在圖案中所包含的1組2根的細線而於相對於線段方向而相正交的方向上作了切斷的剖面(縱剖面)作說明。 Fig. 27 is a partially enlarged plan view showing an example of a parallel line pattern formed on a substrate. Fig. 28 is an explanatory view for explaining a cross section taken along line (a)-(a) of Fig. 27, and is orthogonal to a group of two thin lines to be included in the pattern with respect to the direction of the line segment. The cut section (longitudinal section) is illustrated in the direction.

構成第2平行線圖案5之線段51、52間之間隔I,係如同圖28中所示一般,可定義為線段51、52之各最大突出部間的距離。故而,藉由在上述之各測定場所 處而測定間隔I,係能夠分別求取出平均間隔A以及平均間隔B。 The interval I between the line segments 51, 52 constituting the second parallel line pattern 5, as shown in Fig. 28, can be defined as the distance between the largest projections of the line segments 51, 52. Therefore, by each of the above measurement sites The interval I is measured, and the average interval A and the average interval B can be obtained separately.

為了滿足上述之式(1)所進行的調整,也可以說是對於會對平均間隔A和平均間隔B之比例B/A造成影響的因子之1個或複數個進行調整者。此種因子,係並未特別作限定,而可適宜作選擇。 In order to satisfy the adjustment performed by the above formula (1), it can be said that one or a plurality of factors affecting the ratio B/A of the average interval A and the average interval B are adjusted. Such a factor is not particularly limited and may be suitably selected.

作為用以滿足上述之式(1)的調整之理想形態,係可例示有下述之形態。 As an ideal form for satisfying the adjustment of the above formula (1), the following aspects are exemplified.

在第1形態中,作為用以滿足上述式(1)之調整,係將第1平行線圖案3之形成區域內的表面能和第1平行線圖案3之形成區域外的表面能之間之差,設為5mN/m以下。 In the first aspect, the adjustment between the surface energy in the formation region of the first parallel line pattern 3 and the surface energy outside the formation region of the first parallel line pattern 3 is satisfied as the adjustment to satisfy the above formula (1). The difference is set to 5 mN/m or less.

於此,第1平行線圖案3之形成區域內的表面能,可以視為在構成第1平行線圖案之線段31、32間的中心區域處所測定之表面能。或者是,作為替代方法,第1平行線圖案3之形成區域內的表面能,亦可視為另外準備與基材1相同之基材,並在該基材上,滴下20μL之與第1線狀液體2相同的液體,並且以與第1線狀液體2之乾燥時相同的條件來使其乾燥,之後,在乾燥後的膜之中心區域處所測定之表面能。 Here, the surface energy in the region where the first parallel line pattern 3 is formed can be regarded as the surface energy measured at the central region between the line segments 31 and 32 constituting the first parallel line pattern. Alternatively, as an alternative method, the surface energy in the formation region of the first parallel line pattern 3 may be regarded as a substrate prepared separately from the substrate 1, and 20 μL of the first line may be dropped on the substrate. The liquid 2 is the same liquid, and is dried under the same conditions as when the first linear liquid 2 is dried, and then the surface energy measured at the central region of the dried film.

另一方面,第1平行線圖案3之形成區域外的表面能,可以視為在並未被賦予有用以形成第1平行線圖案3之第1線狀液體2的區域處之基材1之表面能。 On the other hand, the surface energy outside the formation region of the first parallel line pattern 3 can be regarded as the substrate 1 at a region where the first linear liquid 2 for forming the first parallel line pattern 3 is not provided. Surface energy.

表面能,係可根據Young-Fowkes式來算出。 The surface energy can be calculated according to the Young-Fowkes formula.

藉由將該表面能之差設定為5mN/m以下,係能夠使在第1平行線圖案3之形成區域的內外之相對於第2線狀液體4的浸濕性之變化減少,而能夠適當地滿足上述之式(1)。 By setting the difference in the surface energy to 5 mN/m or less, it is possible to reduce the change in the wettability with respect to the second linear liquid 4 inside and outside the region where the first parallel line pattern 3 is formed, and it is possible to appropriately The above formula (1) is satisfied.

當第1平行線圖案3之形成區域內的表面能為較形成區域外而更大的情況時,若是表面能之差超過5mN/m,則起因於第2線狀液體4的浸濕擴散,在第2平行線圖案5處,會成為線段51、52之間的膨脹之原因。 When the surface energy in the formation region of the first parallel line pattern 3 is larger than the formation region, if the difference in surface energy exceeds 5 mN/m, the wet diffusion of the second linear liquid 4 is caused. At the second parallel line pattern 5, it causes a cause of expansion between the line segments 51, 52.

另一方面,當第1平行線圖案3之形成區域內的表面能為較形成區域外而更小的情況時,若是表面能之差超過5mN/m,則在第2平行線圖案5處,會成為線段51、52之間的縮窄之原因。 On the other hand, when the surface energy in the region where the first parallel line pattern 3 is formed is smaller than the outside of the formation region, if the difference in surface energy exceeds 5 mN/m, at the second parallel line pattern 5, It will become the cause of the narrowing between the segments 51, 52.

對於第1平行線圖案3之形成區域的內外之表面能差作調整的手段,係並未特別作限定,但是,例如係以對於包含有第1平行線圖案3之形成區域外的區域進行表面處理之方法、對於第1線狀液體2的液體組成作變更之方法等為理想。 The means for adjusting the surface energy difference between the inside and the outside of the formation region of the first parallel line pattern 3 is not particularly limited, but is, for example, a surface for a region other than the formation region including the first parallel line pattern 3. The method of the treatment, the method of changing the liquid composition of the first linear liquid 2, and the like are preferable.

作為對於包含有第1平行線圖案3之形成區域外的區域進行表面處理之方法,係可列舉出在形成第1平行線圖案3之前而對於基材1預先施加使表面能作變更的表面處理之方法。表面處理,係可僅對於會成為第1平行線圖案3之形成區域外的區域而進行,亦可對於包含有形成區域外和形成區域內之區域來進行。若是對於基材1之全面進行表面處理,則亦為理想。 As a method of surface-treating a region including the formation region of the first parallel line pattern 3, a surface treatment for changing the surface energy to the substrate 1 before the formation of the first parallel line pattern 3 is exemplified. The method. The surface treatment may be performed only for a region outside the formation region of the first parallel line pattern 3, or may be performed for a region including the formation region and the formation region. It is also desirable if the surface of the substrate 1 is completely surface treated.

當對於第1線狀液體2之液體組成作變更的情況時,係可藉由調配成分(功能性材料、添加劑以及溶劑等)之選擇或各成分之調配量的調整等來進行。 When the liquid composition of the first linear liquid 2 is changed, it can be carried out by selecting a component (a functional material, an additive, a solvent, etc.) or adjusting the amount of each component.

在第2形態中,作為用以滿足上述式(1)之調整,係將塗布第1線狀液體2中所包含的功能性材料並使其乾燥之平塗面的表面能和第1平行線圖案3之形成區域外的表面能之間之差,設為5mN/m以下。 In the second aspect, as the adjustment to satisfy the above formula (1), the surface energy of the flat surface to be coated and dried by applying the functional material contained in the first linear liquid 2 and the first parallel line are used. The difference between the surface energies outside the formation region of the pattern 3 is set to 5 mN/m or less.

所謂「平塗面」,係指於任意之基材上塗布在第1線狀液體2中所包含之功能性材料並使其乾燥後的平塗膜之表面,並且為以使該基材自身之表面能以及接觸角不會對於該平塗膜之表面處的表面能以及接觸角造成影響的方式來將該基材作了被覆的平塗膜之表面。功能性材料之塗布,例如係可藉由塗布包含有該功能性材料之塗布液來進行之。作為在形成平塗面時之塗布液,係亦可使用與第1線狀液體2相同組成的液體。 The term "flat-coated surface" refers to a surface of a flat coating film which is applied onto a substrate and coated with a functional material contained in the first linear liquid 2, and is dried so that the substrate itself The surface energy and the contact angle of the substrate are coated on the surface of the flat coating film without affecting the surface energy and the contact angle at the surface of the flat coating film. The coating of the functional material can be carried out, for example, by coating a coating liquid containing the functional material. As the coating liquid at the time of forming the flat coating surface, a liquid having the same composition as that of the first linear liquid 2 can also be used.

在第1平行線圖案3之形成區域內的線段31、32之間的區域處,係會有起因於咖啡漬(Coffee Stain)現象而導致殘留有些許的並未被運送至線段31、32的位置處之第1線狀液體2中的某些之成分的情形。此種殘留成分,係會有成為造成構成第2平行線圖案5之線段51、52之間的間隔成為不均一的原因之情況。 At a region between the line segments 31, 32 in the formation region of the first parallel line pattern 3, there is a slight residual which is caused by the Coffee Stain phenomenon and is not transported to the line segments 31, 32. The case of some of the components of the first linear liquid 2 at the position. Such a residual component may cause the interval between the line segments 51 and 52 constituting the second parallel line pattern 5 to be uneven.

此時,塗布第1線狀液體2中所包含的功能性材料並使其乾燥後之平塗面的表面能,係能夠成為用以實現為了滿足上述式(1)之更為確實的調整之指標。亦 即是,就算是在線段31、32間之區域處存在有多量之殘留成分,其也難以發生超越由平塗面所致之影響而對於線段51、52間之間隔造成影響的情形。故而,藉由基於平塗面之表面能和第1平行線圖案3之形成區域外的表面能之間之差來進行調整,係能夠使確實性更進一步提昇。 In this case, the surface energy of the flat surface after the functional material contained in the first linear liquid 2 is applied and dried can be adjusted to satisfy the above formula (1). index. also That is, even if there is a large amount of residual components in the area between the line segments 31 and 32, it is difficult to cause a situation that affects the interval between the line segments 51 and 52 beyond the influence of the flat coated surface. Therefore, by adjusting the difference between the surface energy of the flat coated surface and the surface energy outside the formation region of the first parallel line pattern 3, the reliability can be further improved.

當平塗面之表面能為較第1平行線圖案3之形成區域外而更大的情況時,若是表面能之差超過5mN/m,則起因於第2線狀液體4的浸濕擴散,在第2平行線圖案5處,會成為線段51、52之間的膨脹之原因。 When the surface energy of the flat coating surface is larger than the formation region of the first parallel line pattern 3, if the difference in surface energy exceeds 5 mN/m, the wettability of the second linear liquid 4 is caused by diffusion. At the second parallel line pattern 5, it causes a cause of expansion between the line segments 51, 52.

另一方面,當平塗面之表面能為較第1平行線圖案3之形成區域外而更小的情況時,若是表面能之差超過5mN/m,則在第2平行線圖案5處,會成為線段51、52之間的縮窄之原因。 On the other hand, when the surface energy of the flat coating surface is smaller than the formation region of the first parallel line pattern 3, if the difference in surface energy exceeds 5 mN/m, at the second parallel line pattern 5, It will become the cause of the narrowing between the segments 51, 52.

作為對於平塗面之表面能和第1平行線圖案3之形成區域外的表面能差進行調整之手段,係並未特別作限定,而可合適使用關連於第1形態所作了說明的手段。 The means for adjusting the surface energy of the flat surface and the surface energy difference outside the formation region of the first parallel line pattern 3 is not particularly limited, and the means described in connection with the first aspect can be suitably used.

在第3形態中,作為用以滿足上述式(1)之調整,係將在第1平行線圖案3之形成區域內的第2線狀液體4之接觸角和在第1平行線圖案3之形成區域外的第2線狀液體4之接觸角之間之差,設為10°以下。 In the third embodiment, the contact angle between the second linear liquid 4 in the region where the first parallel line pattern 3 is formed and the first parallel line pattern 3 are adjusted to satisfy the above formula (1). The difference between the contact angles of the second linear liquid 4 outside the formation region is set to 10 or less.

於此,第1平行線圖案3之形成區域內的接觸角,可以視為在構成第1平行線圖案之線段31、32間的中心區域處所測定之接觸角。或者是,作為替代方法,第1平行線圖案3之形成區域內的接觸角,亦可視為另外 準備與基材1相同之基材,並在該基材上,滴下20μL之與第1線狀液體2相同的液體,並且以與第1線狀液體2之乾燥時相同的條件來使其乾燥,之後,在乾燥後的膜之中心區域處所測定之接觸角。 Here, the contact angle in the region where the first parallel line pattern 3 is formed can be regarded as the contact angle measured at the central region between the line segments 31 and 32 constituting the first parallel line pattern. Alternatively, as an alternative method, the contact angle in the formation region of the first parallel line pattern 3 may be regarded as another The same substrate as the substrate 1 was prepared, and 20 μL of the same liquid as the first linear liquid 2 was dropped onto the substrate, and dried under the same conditions as when the first linear liquid 2 was dried. Then, the contact angle measured at the central region of the dried film.

另一方面,第1平行線圖案3之形成區域外的接觸角,可以視為在並未被賦予有用以形成第1平行線圖案3之第1線狀液體2的區域處之基材1上的接觸角。 On the other hand, the contact angle outside the formation region of the first parallel line pattern 3 can be regarded as the substrate 1 at the region where the first linear liquid 2 for forming the first parallel line pattern 3 is not provided. Contact angle.

接觸角之測定,係可使用協和界面化學公司製之接觸角測定裝置DM-501來進行之。在第3形態中,接觸角,係設為在將與第2線狀液體4相同組成的液體滴下後而經過了5秒後之值。 The measurement of the contact angle can be carried out using a contact angle measuring device DM-501 manufactured by Kyowa Interface Chemical Co., Ltd. In the third embodiment, the contact angle is a value obtained after dropping the liquid having the same composition as that of the second linear liquid 4 and then elapsed for 5 seconds.

藉由將該接觸角之差設為10°以下,係能夠使在第1平行線圖案3之形成區域的內外之相對於第2線狀液體4的浸濕性之變化減少,而能夠在第2平行線圖案5處,使線段51、52之間的間隔滿足上述之式(1)。 By setting the difference in the contact angle to 10° or less, it is possible to reduce the change in the wettability of the second linear liquid 4 between the inside and the outside of the region in which the first parallel line pattern 3 is formed. At the parallel line pattern 5, the interval between the line segments 51, 52 satisfies the above formula (1).

當第1平行線圖案之形成區域內的接觸角為較形成區域外之接觸角而更大的情況時,若是接觸角之差超過10°,則起因於第2線狀液體4的浸濕擴散,在第1平行線圖案3之形成區域內,第2平行線圖案5之線段51、52之間的間隔會變得較形成區域外而更大,並成為作了膨脹的形狀。 When the contact angle in the formation region of the first parallel line pattern is larger than the contact angle outside the formation region, if the difference in contact angle exceeds 10°, the wet diffusion of the second linear liquid 4 is caused. In the region where the first parallel line pattern 3 is formed, the interval between the line segments 51, 52 of the second parallel line pattern 5 becomes larger than the outside of the formation region, and becomes an expanded shape.

另一方面,當第1平行線圖案之形成區域內的接觸角為較形成區域外之接觸角而更小的情況時,若是接觸角之差超過10°,則在第1平行線圖案3之形成區域 內,第2平行線圖案5之線段51、52之間的間隔會變得較形成區域外而更小,並成為作了縮窄的形狀。 On the other hand, when the contact angle in the formation region of the first parallel line pattern is smaller than the contact angle outside the formation region, if the difference in contact angle exceeds 10°, the first parallel line pattern 3 is Formation area Inside, the interval between the line segments 51, 52 of the second parallel line pattern 5 becomes smaller than the outside of the formation region, and becomes a narrowed shape.

對於接觸角之差進行調整之手段,係並未特別作限定,而可合適使用在第1形態中作為對於表面能進行調整之手段而作了說明的手段。進而,作為對於接觸角之差進行調整之手段,係亦可變更第2線狀液體4之液體組成。當對於第2線狀液體4之液體組成作變更的情況時,係可藉由調配成分(功能性材料、添加劑以及溶劑等)之選擇或各成分之調配量的調整等來進行。使第2線狀液體4之液體與第1線狀液體2之液體互為相異一事,亦為理想。 The means for adjusting the difference in the contact angle is not particularly limited, and the means for adjusting the surface energy in the first embodiment can be suitably used. Further, as a means for adjusting the difference in contact angle, the liquid composition of the second linear liquid 4 can be changed. When the liquid composition of the second linear liquid 4 is changed, it can be carried out by selecting a component (a functional material, an additive, a solvent, etc.) or adjusting the amount of each component. It is also preferable that the liquid of the second linear liquid 4 and the liquid of the first linear liquid 2 are different from each other.

在第4形態中,作為用以滿足上述式(1)之調整,係將在塗布被包含於第1線狀液體2中之功能性材料並使其乾燥後的平塗面處之第2線狀液體4之接觸角和在第1平行線圖案3之形成區域外的第2線狀液體4之接觸角之間之差,設為10°以下。於此,關於「平塗面」,係援用在第2形態中所進行之說明。 In the fourth aspect, as the adjustment to satisfy the above formula (1), the second line at the flat coating surface after the functional material contained in the first linear liquid 2 is applied and dried is applied. The difference between the contact angle of the liquid 4 and the contact angle of the second linear liquid 4 outside the formation region of the first parallel line pattern 3 is 10 or less. Here, the description of the "flat-coated surface" is made in the second embodiment.

藉由將該接觸角之差設為10°以下,係能夠使在第1平行線圖案3之形成區域的內外之相對於第2線狀液體4的浸濕性之變化減少,而能夠在第2平行線圖案5處,使線段51、52之間的間隔滿足上述之式(1)。 By setting the difference in the contact angle to 10° or less, it is possible to reduce the change in the wettability of the second linear liquid 4 between the inside and the outside of the region in which the first parallel line pattern 3 is formed. At the parallel line pattern 5, the interval between the line segments 51, 52 satisfies the above formula (1).

與在第2形態中針對表面能而於上所作了說明一般,藉由以平塗面處之接觸角作為指標來進行調整,係能夠使確實性更進一步提昇。 In the second embodiment, the surface energy is described above. Generally, the adjustment is performed by using the contact angle at the flat surface as an index, and the reliability can be further improved.

當在平塗面處之接觸角為較第1平行線圖案3之形成區域外之接觸角而更大的情況時,若是接觸角之差超過10°,則起因於第2線狀液體4的浸濕擴散,在第1平行線圖案3之形成區域內,第2平行線圖案5之線段51、52之間的間隔會變得較形成區域外而更大,並成為作了膨脹的形狀。 When the contact angle at the flat coating surface is larger than the contact angle outside the formation region of the first parallel line pattern 3, if the difference in contact angle exceeds 10°, the second linear liquid 4 is caused. In the wet diffusion, the interval between the line segments 51, 52 of the second parallel line pattern 5 becomes larger outside the formation region and becomes an expanded shape in the region where the first parallel line pattern 3 is formed.

另一方面,當在平塗面處之接觸角為較第1平行線圖案3之形成區域外之接觸角而更小的情況時,若是接觸角之差超過10°,則在第1平行線圖案3之形成區域內,第2平行線圖案5之線段51、52之間的間隔會變得較形成區域外而更小,並成為作了縮窄的形狀。 On the other hand, when the contact angle at the flat coating surface is smaller than the contact angle outside the formation region of the first parallel line pattern 3, if the difference in contact angle exceeds 10°, the first parallel line In the formation region of the pattern 3, the interval between the line segments 51, 52 of the second parallel line pattern 5 becomes smaller than the outside of the formation region, and becomes a narrowed shape.

作為對於在平塗面處之接觸角和第1平行線圖案3之形成區域外處的接觸角之差進行調整之手段,係並未特別作限定,而可合適使用關連於第3形態所作了說明的手段。 The means for adjusting the difference between the contact angle at the flat coating surface and the contact angle outside the formation region of the first parallel line pattern 3 is not particularly limited, and may be appropriately used in connection with the third form. The means of explanation.

在第5形態中,作為用以滿足上述式(1)之調整,係將在第1平行線圖案3之形成區域外的第2線狀液體4中之溶劑中的沸點為最高之溶劑的接觸角,設為6°以下。 In the fifth embodiment, the contact of the solvent having the highest boiling point among the solvents in the second linear liquid 4 outside the region where the first parallel line pattern 3 is formed is used as the adjustment for satisfying the above formula (1). The angle is set to 6° or less.

於此,第1平行線圖案3之形成區域外的接觸角,可以視為在並未被賦予有用以形成第1平行線圖案3之第1線狀液體2的區域處之基材1上的接觸角。 Here, the contact angle outside the formation region of the first parallel line pattern 3 can be regarded as the substrate 1 at the region where the first linear liquid 2 for forming the first parallel line pattern 3 is not provided. Contact angle.

接觸角之測定,係可使用協和界面化學公司製之接觸角測定裝置DM-501來進行之。在第5形態中, 接觸角,係設為在將第2線狀液體4中之溶劑中的沸點為最高之溶劑滴下後而經過了5秒後之值。 The measurement of the contact angle can be carried out using a contact angle measuring device DM-501 manufactured by Kyowa Interface Chemical Co., Ltd. In the fifth form, The contact angle is a value obtained after the solvent having the highest boiling point among the solvents in the second linear liquid 4 is dropped, and the elapsed time is 5 seconds.

藉由將該接觸角設為6°以下,係能夠使在第1平行線圖案3之形成區域的內外之相對於第2線狀液體4的浸濕性之變化減少,而能夠在第2平行線圖案5處,使線段51、52之間的間隔滿足上述之式(1)。 By setting the contact angle to 6° or less, the change in the wettability with respect to the second linear liquid 4 in the inner and outer regions of the formation region of the first parallel line pattern 3 can be reduced, and the second parallel can be made. At the line pattern 5, the interval between the line segments 51, 52 satisfies the above formula (1).

對於接觸角進行調整之手段,係並未特別作限定,而可合適使用在第1形態中作為對於表面能進行調整之手段而作了說明的手段。 The means for adjusting the contact angle is not particularly limited, and the means for adjusting the surface energy in the first embodiment can be suitably used.

在第6形態中,作為用以滿足上述式(1)之調整,係將在第1平行線圖案3之形成區域內的第2線狀液體4之每單位長度的液體賦予量,和在第1平行線圖案3之形成區域外的第2線狀液體4之每單位長度的液體賦予量,設為互為相異。 In the sixth embodiment, the liquid application amount per unit length of the second linear liquid 4 in the region where the first parallel line pattern 3 is formed is used as the adjustment for satisfying the above formula (1). The liquid application amount per unit length of the second linear liquid 4 outside the formation region of the parallel line pattern 3 is different from each other.

例如,當相較於第1平行線圖案3之形成區域外而在形成區域內之第2線狀液體4之浸濕性為更佳的情況時,係將在形成區域內的第2線狀液體4之每單位長度的液體賦予量,相對於形成區域外而相對性地減少。 For example, when the wettability of the second linear liquid 4 in the formation region is better than the formation region of the first parallel line pattern 3, the second linear shape in the formation region is formed. The liquid imparting amount per unit length of the liquid 4 is relatively reduced with respect to the outside of the formation region.

又,例如,當相較於第1平行線圖案3之形成區域內而在形成區域外之第2線狀液體4之浸濕性為更佳的情況時,係將在形成區域內的第2線狀液體4之每單位長度的液體賦予量,相對於形成區域外而相對性地增多。 Further, for example, when the wettability of the second linear liquid 4 outside the formation region is better than that in the formation region of the first parallel line pattern 3, it is the second in the formation region. The amount of liquid per unit length of the linear liquid 4 is relatively increased with respect to the outside of the formation region.

如此這般,係能夠防止在第1平行線圖案3 之形成區域內而第2平行線圖案5之線段51、52間的間隔成為較形成區域外而更為膨脹或縮窄的情形。 In this way, it is possible to prevent the first parallel line pattern 3 In the formation region, the interval between the line segments 51 and 52 of the second parallel line pattern 5 is more expanded or narrowed than the outside of the formation region.

在第1平行線圖案3之形成區域內外處的液體賦予量之差,係能夠以會滿足式(1)的方式來適宜作調整。例如,當在第2線狀液體4之形成中使用噴墨法的情況時,係可藉由使第2線狀液體4之每單位長度中所吐出的液滴數量或者是每一滴的液滴容量在第1平行線圖案3之形成區域內外而互為相異,來設定液體賦予量之差。 The difference in the amount of liquid to be applied to the inside and outside of the region in which the first parallel line pattern 3 is formed can be appropriately adjusted so as to satisfy the formula (1). For example, when the inkjet method is used in the formation of the second linear liquid 4, the number of droplets discharged per unit length of the second linear liquid 4 or the droplets of each droplet can be used. The capacity is different from each other in the region where the first parallel line pattern 3 is formed, and the difference in the amount of liquid to be applied is set.

在第7形態中,作為用以滿足上述式(1)之調整,係在形成了第1平行線圖案3之後,於賦予第2線狀液體4之前,將包含第1平行線圖案3之形成區域內的區域作洗淨。 In the seventh aspect, the adjustment of the above formula (1) is performed, and after the first parallel line pattern 3 is formed, the formation of the first parallel line pattern 3 is included before the second linear liquid 4 is applied. The area within the area is washed.

如同上述一般,在第1平行線圖案3之形成區域內的線段31、32之間的區域處,係會有起因於咖啡漬(Coffee Stain)現象而導致殘留有些許的並未被運送至線段31、32的位置處之第1線狀液體2中的某些之成分的情形。此種殘留成分,係會有成為造成構成第2平行線圖案5之線段51、52之間的間隔成為不均一的原因之情況。 As described above, in the region between the line segments 31, 32 in the formation region of the first parallel line pattern 3, there is a slight loss of the coffee stain (Coffee Stain) which is not transported to the line segment. The case of some of the components of the first linear liquid 2 at the positions of 31 and 32. Such a residual component may cause the interval between the line segments 51 and 52 constituting the second parallel line pattern 5 to be uneven.

所謂洗淨,係亦可代表將此種殘留成分除去一事。此時,依據洗淨條件、例如依據洗淨之種類或強度之設定等,會對於使殘留成分被作何種程度的除去一事產生影響。利用此關係,係能夠將在第1平行線圖案3之形成區域的內外處之第2線狀液體4的浸濕性之差異消除。 在某一觀點上,洗淨,係可構成為至少以能夠達成使構成第2平行線圖案5之線段51、52之間的間隔會滿足上述之式(1)一事的方式來將殘留成分除去。在此種意義上,洗淨,係可定義為用以滿足上述之式(1)的調整之其中一例。 The so-called washing can also represent the removal of such residual components. At this time, depending on the washing conditions, for example, depending on the type of the washing or the setting of the strength, it is affected by how much the residual component is removed. With this relationship, the difference in wettability of the second linear liquid 4 at the inner and outer portions of the region where the first parallel line pattern 3 is formed can be eliminated. In a certain aspect, the cleaning may be performed so as to remove residual components so that the interval between the line segments 51 and 52 constituting the second parallel line pattern 5 satisfies the above formula (1). . In this sense, washing can be defined as an example of the adjustment to satisfy the above formula (1).

洗淨,係可僅對於第1平行線圖案之形成區域內而進行,亦可對於包含有第1平行線圖案之形成區域內和形成區域外之區域來進行。若是對於基材1之全面進行洗淨,則亦為理想。 The cleaning may be performed only in the formation region of the first parallel line pattern, or in the formation region including the first parallel line pattern and the region outside the formation region. It is also preferable if the substrate 1 is completely washed.

當僅對於第1平行線圖案之形成區域內而進行洗淨的情況時,例如,係成為能夠在將形成區域外作了遮蔽的狀態下來進行電磁波等之照射,或者是利用噴墨法來將洗淨溶劑選擇性地賦予至形成區域內。 When the cleaning is performed only in the formation region of the first parallel line pattern, for example, it is possible to irradiate electromagnetic waves or the like in a state where the formation region is shielded, or to use an inkjet method. The cleaning solvent is selectively imparted into the formation region.

洗淨之方法,係並未特別作限定,例如係可使用通常在工業製品中所被使用的洗淨方法。例如,較理想,係進行從由加熱所致之洗淨、由電磁波所致之洗淨、由溶劑所致之洗淨、由氣體所致之洗淨以及由電漿所致之洗淨中所選擇的1種或2種以上之組合的洗淨。 The method of washing is not particularly limited, and for example, a washing method which is usually used in industrial products can be used. For example, it is preferable to perform cleaning by heating, washing by electromagnetic waves, washing by a solvent, washing by a gas, and washing by plasma. One or a combination of two or more selected ones are washed.

作為由加熱所致之洗淨方法,係存在有由紅外線加熱器、烤箱、熱板等所致的持續性之加熱方法、或者是由氙氣閃光燈等所致之瞬間性的加熱方法。加熱條件(溫度、時間等),係在會使構成平行線圖案5之線段51、52之間的間隔滿足上述之式(1)之範圍內而適宜作設定。當基材1為薄膜等的情況時,係以設定在不會使基 材1變形的條件之範圍內為理想。在此觀點下,係以瞬間性進行加熱、特別是以由對於如同薄膜一般之基材的損傷為少之氙氣閃光燈所致的方法為理想。 As a washing method by heating, there is a continuous heating method by an infrared heater, an oven, a hot plate, or the like, or an instantaneous heating method by a xenon flash lamp or the like. The heating conditions (temperature, time, etc.) are suitably set so that the interval between the line segments 51, 52 constituting the parallel line pattern 5 satisfies the above formula (1). When the substrate 1 is a film or the like, it is set so as not to make the base It is desirable to have a range of conditions in which the material 1 is deformed. In this point of view, it is preferred to carry out the heating by an instant, in particular, by a xenon flash lamp having less damage to a substrate such as a film.

作為由電磁波所致者,係可使用照射電子線、伽瑪線、紫外線等之方法。電磁波之照射條件,係在會使構成平行線圖案5之線段51、52之間的間隔滿足上述之式(1)之範圍內而適宜作設定。 As the electromagnetic wave, a method of irradiating an electron beam, a gamma line, an ultraviolet ray or the like can be used. The irradiation condition of the electromagnetic wave is suitably set so that the interval between the line segments 51 and 52 constituting the parallel line pattern 5 satisfies the above formula (1).

在由溶劑所致之洗淨中所使用的溶劑,只要是能夠滿足上述之式(1)的溶劑,則並不特別作限定,但是,較理想,係選擇對於堆積功能性材料所形成的平行線圖案所造成之影響為少者。係可配合於功能性材料之種類來選擇適於進行洗淨之溶劑。例如,當水分散系之銀奈米粒子的情況時,乙醇系之溶劑等係為合適。 The solvent to be used in the cleaning by the solvent is not particularly limited as long as it satisfies the above formula (1). However, it is preferred to select a parallel for the deposition of the functional material. The effect of the line pattern is small. The solvent suitable for washing can be selected in accordance with the type of functional material. For example, when the water is dispersed in the form of silver nanoparticles, an ethanol-based solvent or the like is suitable.

由電漿所致之洗淨的條件,係可在會使構成平行線圖案5之線段51、52之間的間隔滿足上述之式(1)之範圍內而適宜作設定。 The cleaning condition by the plasma can be suitably set within a range in which the interval between the line segments 51, 52 constituting the parallel line pattern 5 satisfies the above formula (1).

接著,針對從液滴吐出裝置所吐出之包含功能性材料之液體作詳細說明。 Next, the liquid containing the functional material discharged from the droplet discharge device will be described in detail.

從液滴吐出裝置所吐出之包含功能性材料之液體,較理想,功能性材料之含有率,係為0.01重量%以上1重量%以下之範圍。上述「從液滴吐出裝置所吐出之包含功能性材料之液體」,係亦可說是剛被賦予至基材上的乾燥之前之含有功能性材料之液體。藉由使功能性材料之含有率成為0.01重量%以上1重量%以下之範圍,係可 得到能夠使平行線圖案之形成更加安定化的效果。 The liquid containing the functional material discharged from the droplet discharge device is preferably a content of the functional material in a range of 0.01% by weight or more and 1% by weight or less. The above-mentioned "liquid containing a functional material discharged from the droplet discharge device" may be a liquid containing a functional material just before being dried on the substrate. By setting the content of the functional material to a range of 0.01% by weight or more and 1% by weight or less, The effect of making the formation of the parallel line pattern more stable is obtained.

在液體中所含有之功能性材料,只要是用以對於基材賦予特定之功能的材料,則係並不特別作限定。所謂賦予特定之功能,例如,當對於基材賦予導電性的情況時,係指將導電性材料作為功能性材料來使用,又,當賦予絕緣性的情況時,係指將絕緣性材料作為功能性材料來使用。作為功能性材料,例如係可理想例示有導電性微粒子、導電性聚合物等之導電性材料,絕緣性材料,半導體材料,光學濾波材料,介電質材料等。特別是,較理想,功能性材料係為導電性材料或導電性材料前驅物。導電性材料前驅物,係指能夠藉由施加適宜之處理而改變為導電性材料者。 The functional material contained in the liquid is not particularly limited as long as it is a material for imparting a specific function to the substrate. When a specific function is given, for example, when the conductivity is imparted to the substrate, the conductive material is used as a functional material, and when the insulating property is imparted, the insulating material is used as a function. Use materials to use. As the functional material, for example, a conductive material such as conductive fine particles or a conductive polymer, an insulating material, a semiconductor material, an optical filter material, a dielectric material or the like can be preferably exemplified. In particular, it is preferred that the functional material be a conductive material or a conductive material precursor. The conductive material precursor refers to a material that can be changed to a conductive material by applying a suitable treatment.

亦即是,本發明之圖案形成方法,當形成藉由包含導電性材料之細線(線段)所構成的圖案時,係特別適合使用。 That is, the pattern forming method of the present invention is particularly suitable for use when forming a pattern composed of thin wires (line segments) containing a conductive material.

作為導電性材料,例如係可理想例示有導電性微粒子、導電性聚合物等。 As the conductive material, for example, conductive fine particles, a conductive polymer, or the like is preferably exemplified.

作為導電性微粒子,雖並未特別限定,但是,係可理想例示有Au、Pt、Ag、Cu、Ni、Cr、Rh、Pd、Zn、Co、Mo、Ru、W、Os、Ir、Fe、Mn、Ge、Sn、Ga、In等之微粒子,其中,若是使用Au、Ag、Cu一般之金屬微粒子,則由於係能夠形成電阻為低並且耐腐蝕性為強之電路圖案,因此係為更加理想。從成本以及安定性的觀點來看,係以包含Ag之金屬微粒子為最理想。此些 之金屬微粒子的平均粒徑,較理想係設為1~100nm之範圍,更理想係設為3~50nm之範圍。 The conductive fine particles are not particularly limited, but may preferably be, for example, Au, Pt, Ag, Cu, Ni, Cr, Rh, Pd, Zn, Co, Mo, Ru, W, Os, Ir, Fe, In the case of using fine particles of Mn, Ge, Sn, Ga, and In, in the case of using metal fine particles such as Au, Ag, and Cu, it is possible to form a circuit pattern having low electric resistance and high corrosion resistance. . From the viewpoint of cost and stability, it is preferable to use metal particles containing Ag. Some of these The average particle diameter of the metal fine particles is preferably in the range of 1 to 100 nm, and more preferably in the range of 3 to 50 nm.

又,作為導電性微粒子,若是使用碳微粒子,則亦為理想。作為碳微粒子,係可理想例示有石墨微粒子、碳奈米管、富勒烯等。 Further, it is also preferable to use the carbon fine particles as the conductive fine particles. As the carbon fine particles, graphite fine particles, carbon nanotubes, fullerenes and the like are preferably exemplified.

作為導電性聚合物,係並未特別限定,但是,係可理想例示有π共軛系導電性高分子。 The conductive polymer is not particularly limited, and a π-conjugated conductive polymer is preferably exemplified.

作為π共軛系導電性高分子,係並未特別作限定,而可利用聚噻吩類,聚吡咯類,聚吲哚類,聚咔唑類,聚苯胺類,聚乙炔類,聚呋喃類,聚對苯(polyparaphenylene)類,聚對苯乙炔類,聚對苯硫醚類,聚薁類,聚異硫茚類,聚氮化硫類等之鏈狀導電性聚合物。其中,從能夠得到高導電性之觀點來看,係以聚噻吩類或聚苯胺類為理想。又以聚伸乙基二氧噻吩為最理想。 The π-conjugated conductive polymer is not particularly limited, and polythiophenes, polypyrroles, polyfluorenes, polycarbazoles, polyanilines, polyacetylenes, and polyfurans can be used. A chain-like conductive polymer such as polyparaphenylene, polyparaphenylene acetylene, polyparaphenylene sulfide, polyfluorene, polyisothianaphthene or polysulfurnitride. Among them, polythiophenes or polyanilines are preferred from the viewpoint of obtaining high conductivity. It is also most desirable to use poly(ethylene dioxythiophene).

在本發明中所使用之導電性聚合物,更理想,係包含上述之π共軛系導電性高分子和聚陰離子所成。此種導電聚合物,係能夠藉由將形成π共軛系導電性高分子之前驅物單體在適當之氧化劑和氧化觸媒以及聚陰離子的存在下進行化學氧化聚合一事,而容易地製造之。 The conductive polymer used in the present invention is more preferably formed by including the above-described π-conjugated conductive polymer and polyanion. Such a conductive polymer can be easily produced by chemically oxidizing a precursor of a π-conjugated conductive polymer precursor in the presence of a suitable oxidizing agent, an oxidation catalyst, and a polyanion. .

聚陰離子,係身為置換或未置換之聚亞烷基、置換或未置換之聚亞烯基、置換或未置換之聚醯亞胺、置換或未置換之聚醯胺、置換或未置換之聚酯以及此些之共聚物,並為由具有陰離子基之構成單位和不具有陰 離子基之構成單位所成者。 Polyanion, substituted or unsubstituted polyalkylene, substituted or unsubstituted polyalkenylene, substituted or unsubstituted polyimine, substituted or unsubstituted polyamine, substituted or unsubstituted Polyester and copolymers thereof, which are composed of an anionic group and have no yin The constituent unit of the ionic group.

此聚陰離子,係為將π共軛系導電性高分子在溶媒中作了可溶化的可溶化高分子。又,聚陰離子之陰離子基,係作為對於π共軛系導電性高分子之摻雜物而起作用,並提升π共軛系導電性高分子之導電性和耐熱性。 This polyanion is a solubilized polymer in which a π-conjugated conductive polymer is solubilized in a solvent. Further, the anion group of the polyanion acts as a dopant for the π-conjugated conductive polymer, and enhances the conductivity and heat resistance of the π-conjugated conductive polymer.

作為聚陰離子之陰離子基,只要是能夠引發對於π共軛系導電性高分子之化學氧化摻雜的官能基即可,但是,其中,從製造之容易性以及安定性之觀點來看,係以-置換硫酸酯基、-置換磷酸酯基、磷酸基、羧基、磺基等為理想。進而,根據官能基之對於π共軛系導電性高分子之摻雜效果的觀點,又以磺基、-置換硫酸酯基、羧基為更理想。 The anion group of the polyanion may be a functional group capable of inducing chemical oxidation doping of the π-conjugated conductive polymer, but from the viewpoint of easiness of production and stability, - A substituted sulfate group, a -substituted phosphate group, a phosphate group, a carboxyl group, a sulfo group or the like is preferred. Further, from the viewpoint of the doping effect of the functional group on the π-conjugated conductive polymer, a sulfo group, a -substituted sulfate group or a carboxyl group is more preferable.

作為聚陰離子之具體例,係可列舉出聚乙烯基磺酸,聚苯乙烯磺酸,聚芳基磺酸,聚丙烯酸乙基磺酸,聚丙烯酸丁基磺酸,聚-2-丙烯醯胺-2-甲基丙磺酸,聚異戊二烯磺酸,聚乙烯基羧酸,聚苯乙烯羧酸,聚芳基羧酸,聚丙烯基羧酸,聚甲基丙烯基羧酸,聚-2-丙烯醯胺基-2-甲基丙磺酸,聚異戊二烯羧酸,聚丙烯酸等。係可為此些之單獨聚合物,亦可為2種以上之共聚物。 Specific examples of the polyanion include polyvinylsulfonic acid, polystyrenesulfonic acid, polyarylsulfonic acid, polyacrylic acid ethylsulfonic acid, polyacrylic acid butylsulfonic acid, and poly-2-propenylamine. -2-methylpropanesulfonic acid, polyisoprene sulfonic acid, polyvinyl carboxylic acid, polystyrene carboxylic acid, polyaryl carboxylic acid, polypropylene carboxylic acid, polymethacrylic carboxylic acid, poly 2-propenylamine-2-methylpropanesulfonic acid, polyisoprenecarboxylic acid, polyacrylic acid, and the like. It may be a single polymer for this purpose, or may be a copolymer of two or more types.

又,係亦可為在化合物內具備有F(氟原子)之聚陰離子。具體而言,係可列舉出含有全氟磺酸基之NAFION(Dupont公司製)、由含有羧酸基之全氟型乙烯醚所成之FLEMION(旭硝子公司製)等。 Further, it may be a polyanion having F (fluorine atom) in the compound. Specifically, the product includes a NAFION (manufactured by Dupont Co., Ltd.) containing a perfluorosulfonic acid group, and FLEMION (manufactured by Asahi Glass Co., Ltd.) made of a perfluorovinyl ether containing a carboxylic acid group.

此些之中,若是身為具有磺酸之化合物,則 在使用噴墨印刷方式時,墨水射出安定性係為特別良好,並且能夠得到高導電性,因此係為更理想。 Among these, if it is a compound having a sulfonic acid, then When the inkjet printing method is used, the ink emission stability is particularly good, and high conductivity can be obtained, which is more preferable.

進而,於此些之中,又以聚苯乙烯磺酸、聚異戊二烯磺酸、聚丙烯酸乙基磺酸、聚丙烯酸丁基磺酸為理想。此些之聚陰離子,係發揮有導電性為優良之效果。 Further, among these, polystyrenesulfonic acid, polyisoprenesulfonic acid, polyacrylic acid ethylsulfonic acid, and polyacrylic acid butylsulfonic acid are preferable. These polyanions exhibit an excellent electrical conductivity.

聚陰離子之聚合度,係以單體單位為10~100000個的範圍為理想,從溶媒溶解性以及導電性之觀點來看,係以50~10000個的範圍為更理想。 The degree of polymerization of the polyanion is preferably in the range of 10 to 100,000 monomer units, and more preferably in the range of 50 to 10,000 from the viewpoint of solvent solubility and conductivity.

導電性聚合物,係亦可理想利用市面販賣之材料。例如,由聚(3,4-二氧乙烯噻吩)和聚苯乙烯磺酸所成之導電性聚合物(略稱為PEDOT/PSS),係由H.C.Starck公司作為CLEVIOS系列而在市面上販賣,並由Aldrich公司作為PEDOT-PASS483095、560598而在市面上販賣,且由Nagase Chemtex公司作為Denatron系列而在市面上販賣。又,聚陰離子,係由日產化學公司作為ORMECON系列而在市面上販賣。 Conductive polymers are also ideally available from commercially available materials. For example, a conductive polymer made of poly(3,4-dioxyethylene thiophene) and polystyrene sulfonic acid (abbreviated as PEDOT/PSS) is marketed by HC Starck as the CLEVIOS series. It is marketed by Aldrich as PEDOT-PASS483095, 560598, and sold by Nagase Chemtex as the Denatron series. Further, polyanion is marketed by Nissan Chemical Co., Ltd. as an ORMECON series.

作為含有功能性材料之液體,係可將水和有機溶劑等之1種或2種以上作組合來使用。 As the liquid containing a functional material, one type or two or more types of water and an organic solvent may be used in combination.

有機溶劑,雖並未特別限定,但是,例如係可例示有:1,2-己二醇、2-甲基-2,4-戊二醇、1,3-丁二醇、1,4-丁二醇、丙二醇等之醇類;二乙二醇一甲基醚、二乙二醇一乙基醚、二乙二醇一丁基醚、三乙二醇一甲基醚、二丙二醇一甲基醚、二丙二醇一乙基醚等之醚類等。 The organic solvent is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include 1,2-hexanediol, 2-methyl-2,4-pentanediol, 1,3-butanediol, and 1,4-. Alcohols such as butanediol and propylene glycol; diethylene glycol monomethyl ether, diethylene glycol monoethyl ether, diethylene glycol monobutyl ether, triethylene glycol monomethyl ether, dipropylene glycol mono An ether such as a group ether or a dipropylene glycol monoethyl ether or the like.

又,作為含有功能性材料之液體,在不會損 及本發明之效果的範圍內,係亦可包含有界面活性劑等之各種的添加劑。 Also, as a liquid containing a functional material, it is not damaged. Further, in the range of the effects of the present invention, various additives such as a surfactant may be contained.

藉由使用界面活性劑,例如,在想要使用液滴吐出裝置來形成線狀液體2的情況等時,係成為能夠對於表面張力等作調整而謀求吐出之安定化等。作為界面活性劑,係並未特別限定,但是,係可使用矽系界面活性劑等。所謂矽系界面活性劑,係為使聚二甲基系氧烷酸之側鍵或末端作了聚醚變性者,例如,在市面上,係販賣有信越化學工業製之KF-351A、KF-642或BYK公司製之BYK347、BYK348等。界面活性劑之添加量,較理想,係相對於形成線狀液體2之液體的全量而為1重量%以下。 By using a surfactant, for example, when it is desired to form the linear liquid 2 by using a droplet discharge device, it is possible to adjust the surface tension or the like to achieve the stabilization of discharge. The surfactant is not particularly limited, but a lanthanoid surfactant or the like can be used. The lanthanide surfactant is a polyether-denatured one which has a side bond or a terminal of a polydimethyl oxyalkanic acid. For example, on the market, KF-351A and KF-made by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd. are sold. 642 or BYK347, BYK348, etc. made by BYK. The amount of the surfactant to be added is preferably 1% by weight or less based on the total amount of the liquid forming the linear liquid 2.

基材,係並未特別作限定,但是,例如係可列舉出玻璃、塑膠(聚對苯二甲酸乙二酯、聚對苯二甲酸丁二酯,聚乙烯,聚丙烯,丙烯酸樹脂,聚酯,聚醯胺等)、金屬(銅、鎳、鋁、鐵等,或者是合金)、陶瓷等,此些係可作單獨使用,或者是亦可在作了貼合的狀態下使用。其中,係以塑膠為理想,又以聚對苯二甲酸乙二酯、聚乙烯、聚丙烯一般之聚烯烴等為合適。 The substrate is not particularly limited, but examples thereof include glass and plastic (polyethylene terephthalate, polybutylene terephthalate, polyethylene, polypropylene, acrylic resin, polyester). , polyamine, etc.), metal (copper, nickel, aluminum, iron, etc., or alloy), ceramics, etc., these may be used alone or in a bonded state. Among them, plastic is ideal, and polyethylene terephthalate, polyethylene, polypropylene, and the like are suitable.

圖29,係為對於被形成在基材上之平行線圖案的其中一例作展示之部分欠缺立體圖,剖面,係對應於在相對於平行線圖案之形成方向而相正交的方向上來作了切斷之縱剖面。 Figure 29 is a partially omitted perspective view showing an example of a parallel line pattern formed on a substrate, the section corresponding to the direction orthogonal to the direction in which the parallel line pattern is formed. Longitudinal section of the break.

由1根的線狀液體所產生之平行線圖案3之1 組2根的細線(線段)31、32,係並非絕對需要身為相互完全獨立之島狀。如同圖示一般,2根的線段31、32,若是作為涵蓋該線段31、32間而藉由以較該線段31、32之高度而更低的高度所形成的薄膜部30而作了連接的連續體來形成,則亦為理想。 Parallel line pattern 3 of 1 produced by linear liquid The group of 2 thin lines (line segments) 31, 32 is not absolutely necessary to be completely independent of each other. As shown in the figure, the two line segments 31, 32 are connected as a thin film portion 30 formed by covering the line segments 31, 32 by a lower height than the height of the line segments 31, 32. It is also ideal when a continuous body is formed.

平行線圖案3之線段31、32的線寬幅W1、W2,較理想係各自為10μm以下。若是成為10μm以下,則由於係成為通常無法被視覺辨認出來的程度,因此從使透明性提昇的觀點而言係為更加理想。若是亦對於各線段31、32之安定性作考慮,則各線段31、32的線寬幅W1、W2,較理想係各自為2μm以上10μm以下之範圍內。 The line widths W1 and W2 of the line segments 31 and 32 of the parallel line pattern 3 are preferably 10 μm or less. When it is 10 μm or less, since it is generally not visually recognizable, it is more preferable from the viewpoint of improving transparency. In consideration of the stability of each of the line segments 31 and 32, the line widths W1 and W2 of the respective line segments 31 and 32 are preferably in the range of 2 μm or more and 10 μm or less.

另外,所謂線段31、32之寬幅W1、W2,當將在該線段31、32之間而功能性材料之厚度成為最薄的最薄部分之高度設為Z,並進而將從該Z起之線段31、32的突出高度設為Y1、Y2時,係定義為在Y1、Y2之一半的高度處之線段31、32的寬幅。例如,當平行線圖案3為具備有上述之薄膜部30的情況時,係可將在該薄膜部30處之最薄部分的高度設為Z。另外,當在各線段31、32之間而功能性材料之最薄部分之高度為0時,線段31、32之線寬幅W1、W2,係定義為在從基材1表面起之線段31、32的高度H1、H2之一半的高度處之線段31、32的寬幅。 Further, the widths W1, W2 of the line segments 31, 32 are set to Z at the height of the thinnest portion of the thickness of the functional material between the line segments 31, 32, and further from the Z When the protruding heights of the line segments 31 and 32 are set to Y1 and Y2, they are defined as the width of the line segments 31 and 32 at the height of one half of Y1 and Y2. For example, when the parallel line pattern 3 is provided with the above-described thin film portion 30, the height of the thinnest portion at the thin film portion 30 can be set to Z. Further, when the height of the thinnest portion of the functional material between the respective line segments 31, 32 is 0, the line widths W1, W2 of the line segments 31, 32 are defined as the line segments 31 from the surface of the substrate 1. The width of the line segments 31, 32 at the height of one of the heights H1, H2 of 32.

構成平行線圖案3之線段31、32的線寬幅 W1、W2,由於係如同上述一般而為極細,因此,從確保剖面積並謀求低電阻化的觀點來看,從基材1表面起之線段31、32的高度H1、H2係以設為較高為理想。具體而言,線段31、32之高度H1、H2,較理想係為50nm以上5μm以下之範圍內。 The line width of the line segments 31, 32 constituting the parallel line pattern 3 Since W1 and W2 are extremely thin as described above, the heights H1 and H2 of the line segments 31 and 32 from the surface of the substrate 1 are set to be smaller from the viewpoint of securing the cross-sectional area and reducing the resistance. High is ideal. Specifically, the heights H1 and H2 of the line segments 31 and 32 are preferably in the range of 50 nm or more and 5 μm or less.

進而,從使平行線圖案3之安定性提昇的觀點來看,較理想,H1/W1比、H2/W2比係各別為0.01以上1以下的範圍內。 Further, from the viewpoint of improving the stability of the parallel line pattern 3, it is preferable that the H1/W1 ratio and the H2/W2 ratio are each in a range of 0.01 or more and 1 or less.

又,從使平行線圖案3之細線化作更進一步之提昇的觀點來看,在線段31、32間之功能性材料的厚度會成為最薄之最薄部分的高度Z、具體而言,薄膜部30之最薄部分的高度Z,係以成為10nm以下之範圍內為理想。最理想,為了謀求透明性和安定性之兩者的良好之平衡性,係以0<Z≦10nm的範圍而具備有薄膜部30。 Further, from the viewpoint of further thinning the parallel line pattern 3, the thickness of the functional material between the line segments 31, 32 becomes the height Z of the thinnest thinnest portion, specifically, the film. The height Z of the thinnest portion of the portion 30 is preferably in the range of 10 nm or less. It is preferable that the thin film portion 30 is provided in a range of 0 < Z ≦ 10 nm in order to achieve a good balance between transparency and stability.

進而,為了達成平行線圖案3之更進一步的細線化,H1/Z比、H2/Z比係以各別為5以上為理想,又以各別為10以上為更理想,又以各別為20以上為特別理想。 Further, in order to achieve further thinning of the parallel line pattern 3, the H1/Z ratio and the H2/Z ratio are preferably 5 or more, and each of 10 or more is more desirable, and each of them is 20 or more is particularly desirable.

線段31、32之配置間隔I的範圍,係並未特別作限定。如同參考圖17~圖19而作了說明一般,在形成線狀液體時,藉由將對相對於液滴吐出裝置之噴嘴列而被平行地作配置的像素組而從複數之噴嘴所賦予之液滴組,於與噴嘴列相交叉之方向上作複數組之賦予,並使複數組之前述液滴組合併為一,而形成在與噴嘴列相交叉之 方向上而延伸的線狀液體,係能夠以高自由度來對於配置間隔I作適宜的設定,特別就算是當將配置間隔I增大的情況時,亦能夠適當地防止膨出。具體而言,就算是在將配置間隔I例如設定為50μm以上、100μm以上、200μm以上、300μm以上、400μm以上乃至於500μm以上之大的值的情況時,亦能夠合適地防止膨出,而能夠使線段31、32之形成安定化。在對於膨出作了合適的防止的狀態下,係能夠將配置間隔I因應於用途而適宜地設定為最適當之值。在形成透明導電膜等的情況等時,配置間隔I,例如係以設為10μm以上~1000μm以下之範圍為理想,又以設為10μm以上~500μm以下之範圍為更理想。進而,配置間隔I,若是調整為10μm以上300μm以下之範圍,則亦為理想。 The range of the arrangement interval I of the line segments 31 and 32 is not particularly limited. As described with reference to FIGS. 17 to 19, in general, when a linear liquid is formed, a plurality of nozzles are provided by a pixel group which is arranged in parallel with respect to a nozzle row of the droplet discharge device. The droplet group is given as a complex array in a direction intersecting the nozzle row, and the droplets of the complex array are combined into one, and formed in a line intersecting the nozzle row The linear liquid extending in the direction can be appropriately set with respect to the arrangement interval I with a high degree of freedom, and particularly when the arrangement interval I is increased, the bulging can be appropriately prevented. Specifically, even when the arrangement interval I is set to, for example, a value of 50 μm or more, 100 μm or more, 200 μm or more, 300 μm or more, 400 μm or more, or 500 μm or more, the bulging can be appropriately prevented. The formation of the line segments 31, 32 is stabilized. In a state where the bulging is appropriately prevented, the arrangement interval I can be appropriately set to an optimum value depending on the use. In the case of forming a transparent conductive film or the like, the interval I is preferably in the range of 10 μm or more to 1000 μm or less, and more preferably in the range of 10 μm or more to 500 μm or less. Further, it is also preferable to arrange the interval I in the range of 10 μm or more and 300 μm or less.

另外,線段31、32間之配置間隔I,係設為線段31、32之各最大突出部間的距離。 Further, the arrangement interval I between the line segments 31 and 32 is the distance between the largest projections of the line segments 31 and 32.

又,更進而,係以對於線段31和線段32賦予同樣的形狀(同等程度之剖面積)為理想,具體而言,較理想,係將線段31和線段32之高度H1和H2設為實質性為相等之值。與此相同的,針對線段31和線段32之線寬幅W1和W2,亦以設為實質性為相等之值為理想。 Further, it is preferable to apply the same shape (the same sectional area) to the line segment 31 and the line segment 32. Specifically, it is preferable to set the heights H1 and H2 of the line segment 31 and the line segment 32 as substantial. Is equal value. Similarly, the line widths W1 and W2 for the line segment 31 and the line segment 32 are also ideally set to be substantially equal.

線段31、32,係並非絕對需要為平行,只要至少涵蓋線段方向之某一長度L而線段31、32不會相互結合即可。較理想,至少涵蓋線段方向之某一長度L,線段31、32係實質性為相互平行。 The line segments 31, 32 are not absolutely required to be parallel, as long as at least a certain length L of the line segment direction is covered and the line segments 31, 32 are not combined with each other. Preferably, at least a certain length L of the direction of the line segment is covered, and the line segments 31, 32 are substantially parallel to each other.

線段31、32之線段方向的長度L,較理想,係成為線段31、32之配置間隔I的5倍以上,更理想,係成為10倍以上。長度L以及配置間隔I,係可對應於用以形成圖案(線狀液體)2的形成長度以及形成寬幅來設定之。 The length L of the line segments 31 and 32 in the line segment direction is preferably five times or more the arrangement interval I of the line segments 31 and 32, and more preferably 10 times or more. The length L and the arrangement interval I can be set corresponding to the formation length of the pattern (linear liquid) 2 and the formation of the width.

在線狀液體之形成起點和終點(涵蓋線段方向之某一長度L的起點和終點)處,線段31、32係亦可相互連接並作為連續體而被形成。 At the starting point and the end point of the formation of the linear liquid (the starting point and the end point of a certain length L covering the direction of the line segment), the line segments 31, 32 may be connected to each other and formed as a continuous body.

又,線段31、32,較理想,其之線寬幅W1、W2係為略相等,並且線寬幅W1、W2係相較於2根線之間的距離(配置間隔I)而為充分細。 Further, the line segments 31 and 32 are preferable, and the line widths W1 and W2 are slightly equal, and the line widths W1 and W2 are sufficiently thinner than the distance between the two lines (arrangement interval I). .

進而,由1根的線狀液體所產生的構成圖案3之線段31和線段32,較理想,係為同時被形成者。 Further, the line segment 31 and the line segment 32 constituting the pattern 3 which are generated by one linear liquid are preferably formed at the same time.

平行線圖案3,特別理想,各線段31、32係滿足下述(A)~(C)的所有之條件。藉由此,圖案係成為難以被視覺辨認到,而能夠使透明性提昇,並且,線段係被安定化,特別是當功能性材料乃身為導電性材料的情況時,係有著能夠使圖案之電阻值降低的優良效果。 The parallel line pattern 3 is particularly preferable, and each of the line segments 31 and 32 satisfies all of the following conditions (A) to (C). Thereby, the pattern becomes difficult to be visually recognized, and transparency can be improved, and the line segment can be stabilized, especially when the functional material is a conductive material, and the pattern can be made. Excellent effect of lowering the resistance value.

(A)當將各線段31、32之高度設為H1、H2,並將在該各線段間之最薄部分的高度設為Z時,係成為5≦H1/Z,並且為5≦H2/Z。 (A) When the heights of the respective line segments 31 and 32 are H1 and H2, and the height of the thinnest portion between the line segments is Z, it is 5≦H1/Z and is 5≦H2/ Z.

(B)當將各線段31、32之寬幅設為W1、W2時,係成為W1≦10μm且W2≦10μm。 (B) When the width of each of the line segments 31 and 32 is W1 and W2, it is W1 ≦ 10 μm and W2 ≦ 10 μm.

(C)當將各線段31、32之高度設為H1、H2時,係 成為50nm<H1<5μm並且50nm<H2<5μm。 (C) When the heights of the respective line segments 31 and 32 are set to H1 and H2, It became 50 nm < H1 < 5 μm and 50 nm < H2 < 5 μm.

以上之針對平行線圖案3所作的說明,係亦可援用於平行線圖案5。 The above description for the parallel line pattern 3 can also be applied to the parallel line pattern 5.

在以上之說明中,針對相對於對於基材之液滴吐出裝置的相對移動方向D之線狀液體的形成方向之傾斜角度θ,主要係針對45°的情況以及-45°的情況來作了展示,但是本發明係並不被限定於此。線狀液體的形成方向,只要並非為與相對移動方向D相平行之方向,並且並非為與相對移動方向D相正交的方向,則係可設定為任意之傾斜角度。 In the above description, the inclination angle θ with respect to the direction in which the linear liquid is formed in the relative movement direction D of the liquid droplet ejection device for the substrate is mainly made for the case of 45° and the case of -45°. Shown, but the invention is not limited thereto. The direction in which the linear liquid is formed may be set to an arbitrary inclination angle as long as it is not a direction parallel to the relative movement direction D and is not a direction orthogonal to the relative movement direction D.

在以上之說明中,作為最終所形成的圖案,主要係針對形成由平行線圖案所成之網格狀之圖案例子來作了說明,但是,係並不被限定於此。若依據本發明,則藉由沿著相對於對於基材之液滴吐出裝置的相對移動方向D而有所傾斜的方向來形成線狀液體,在形成包含平行線圖案之各種之圖案時的圖案化之自由度係提昇。故而,在形成各種的圖案時,係能夠進行自由的圖案化,並能夠謀求波紋之防止和面取效率的提升。進而,係能夠減輕對於噴墨頭和基材之配置角度進行再設定的負擔,而能夠使生產性提昇。 In the above description, the pattern formed as the final is mainly described as an example of a pattern in which a grid pattern formed by parallel line patterns is formed, but is not limited thereto. According to the present invention, the linear liquid is formed by a direction which is inclined with respect to the relative moving direction D of the liquid droplet discharging device for the substrate, and the pattern is formed when various patterns including the parallel line pattern are formed. The degree of freedom of the system is enhanced. Therefore, when various patterns are formed, free patterning can be performed, and the prevention of corrugation and the improvement of surface pick-up efficiency can be achieved. Further, it is possible to reduce the burden of resetting the arrangement angle of the ink jet head and the substrate, and it is possible to improve productivity.

附透明導電膜基材,係於基材表面上,具備有包含藉由以上所說明之圖案形成方法所形成的圖案之透明導電膜。透明導電膜,就算是當所含有之功能性材料(導電性材料)自身並非為透明的情況時,藉由使線狀液 體變化為平行線圖案並作細線化,亦能夠使圖案成為難以被視覺辨認到者。 A transparent conductive film substrate is attached to the surface of the substrate, and is provided with a transparent conductive film including a pattern formed by the pattern forming method described above. a transparent conductive film, even when the functional material (conductive material) contained therein is not transparent, by using a linear liquid The volume change is a parallel line pattern and is thinned, and the pattern can be made difficult to be visually recognized.

附透明導電膜基材之用途,係並未特別限定,但是,係可作為各種之電子機器所具備的各種之裝置來使用。 The use of the transparent conductive film substrate is not particularly limited, but can be used as various devices included in various electronic devices.

本發明之附透明導電膜基材之理想用途,在能夠顯著地發揮本發明之效果的觀點來看,例如,係可作為液晶、電漿、有機電場發光、場發射等之各種方式的顯示器用透明電極,或者是作為被使用在觸控面板或行動電話、電子紙、各種太陽電池、各種電場發光調光元件等之中之透明電極,來合適地使用。 The use of the transparent conductive film substrate of the present invention is preferably used as a display for various types such as liquid crystal, plasma, organic electric field emission, and field emission, from the viewpoint of exhibiting the effects of the present invention remarkably. The transparent electrode is suitably used as a transparent electrode used in a touch panel or a mobile phone, an electronic paper, various solar cells, various electric field light-emitting dimming elements, and the like.

更具體而言,本發明之附透明導電膜基材,係作為裝置之透明電極而合適地使用。作為裝置,雖並未特別作限定,但是,例如係可合適例示有觸控面板等。又,作為具備有此些裝置之電子機器,雖並未特別作限定,但是,例如係可合適例示有智慧型手機、平板終端等。 More specifically, the transparent conductive film substrate of the present invention is suitably used as a transparent electrode of a device. The device is not particularly limited, and, for example, a touch panel or the like can be suitably exemplified. In addition, the electronic device including such a device is not particularly limited, and, for example, a smart phone, a tablet terminal, or the like can be suitably exemplified.

在以上之說明中,針對1個形態所說明的構成,係可適宜適用在其他之形態中。 In the above description, the configuration described for one aspect can be suitably applied to other forms.

〔實施例〕 [Examples]

以下,針對本發明之實施例作說明,但是,本發明係並不被限定於此些之實施例。 Hereinafter, the embodiments of the present invention will be described, but the present invention is not limited to the embodiments.

1.圖案形成方法 1. Pattern forming method

(實施例1) (Example 1)

〈基材〉 <Substrate>

作為基材,係準備了以使包含功能性材料之液體的接觸角會成為20.3°的方式而施加了表面處理之PET基材。作為表面處理,係使用信光電氣計裝公司製之「PS-1M」來進行了電暈放電處理。 As the substrate, a PET substrate to which a surface treatment was applied so that the contact angle of the liquid containing the functional material was 20.3° was prepared. As the surface treatment, a corona discharge treatment was performed using "PS-1M" manufactured by Shinko Electric Co., Ltd.

<液滴吐出裝置> <droplet discharge device>

作為液滴吐出裝置,係準備了KONICA MINOLTA公司製之「KM1024iLHE-30」(標準液滴容量30pL)之噴墨頭。 An inkjet head of "KM1024iLHE-30" (standard droplet capacity: 30 pL) manufactured by KONICA MINOLTA Co., Ltd. was prepared as a droplet discharge device.

〈墨水之組成〉 <Ink composition>

作為墨水(包含功能性材料之液體),係調配了以下之組成者。 As the ink (liquid containing a functional material), the following components are formulated.

‧銀奈米粒子(平均粒徑:20nm):0.16wt% ‧ Silver nanoparticles (average particle size: 20 nm): 0.16 wt%

‧界面活性劑(BYK公司製「BYK-348」):0.05wt% ‧Interactive surfactant ("BYK-348" by BYK): 0.05wt%

‧二乙二醇一丁基醚(略稱:DEGBE)(分散媒):20wt% ‧ Diethylene glycol monobutyl ether (abbreviation: DEGBE) (dispersion medium): 20wt%

‧水(分散媒):殘量 ‧Water (dispersive medium): residual

〈圖案之形成〉 <Formation of patterns>

一面使液滴吐出裝置相對於基材而作相對移動,一面從該液滴吐出裝置之複數之噴嘴來吐出墨水,並沿著相對於相對移動方向D而作了45°的傾斜之X軸方向,來形成了線狀液體。此時,相對移動方向D,係為沿著基材之寬幅方向的方向。 While the droplet discharge device is relatively moved relative to the substrate, the ink is ejected from a plurality of nozzles of the droplet discharge device, and the X-axis direction is inclined at 45° with respect to the relative movement direction D. To form a linear liquid. At this time, the relative movement direction D is a direction along the width direction of the substrate.

藉由使沿著X軸方向之線狀液體蒸發並乾燥,來在該線狀液體之緣部選擇性地堆積功能性材料,而形成了沿著X軸方向之平行線圖案。於此,係藉由對於配置在被加熱至70℃之平台上的基材進行圖案形成,來促進線狀液體之乾燥。 By linearly evaporating and drying the linear liquid along the X-axis direction, the functional material is selectively deposited on the edge of the linear liquid to form a parallel line pattern along the X-axis direction. Here, the drying of the linear liquid is promoted by patterning the substrate disposed on the stage heated to 70 °C.

接著,一面使液滴吐出裝置相對於基材而作相對移動,一面從該液滴吐出裝置之複數之噴嘴來吐出墨水,並沿著相對於相對移動方向D而作了-45°的傾斜之Y軸方向,來形成了線狀液體。於此,Y軸方向,係為與上述之X軸方向相正交之方向。 Then, while the droplet discharge device is relatively moved with respect to the substrate, ink is ejected from a plurality of nozzles of the droplet discharge device, and is inclined at -45° with respect to the relative movement direction D. In the Y-axis direction, a linear liquid is formed. Here, the Y-axis direction is a direction orthogonal to the X-axis direction described above.

藉由使沿著Y軸方向之線狀液體蒸發並乾燥,來在該線狀液體之緣部選擇性地堆積功能性材料,而形成了沿著Y軸方向之平行線圖案。於此,係藉由對於配置在被加熱至70℃之平台上的基材進行圖案形成,來促進線狀液體之乾燥。 By linearly evaporating and drying the linear liquid along the Y-axis direction, the functional material is selectively deposited on the edge of the linear liquid to form a parallel line pattern along the Y-axis direction. Here, the drying of the linear liquid is promoted by patterning the substrate disposed on the stage heated to 70 °C.

在上述圖案形成中,在賦予沿著X軸方向之線狀液體時、和賦予沿著Y軸方向之線狀液體時,係並未使相對於基材之液滴吐出裝置的相對性之配置角度作變 更。亦即是,在賦予沿著X軸方向之線狀液體時、和賦予沿著Y軸方向之線狀液體時,相對於基材之液滴吐出裝置的相對移動方向D係為相同,而為沿著基材之寬幅方向的方向。 In the pattern formation described above, when the linear liquid along the X-axis direction is applied and the linear liquid along the Y-axis direction is applied, the relative arrangement of the droplet discharge device with respect to the substrate is not provided. Angle change more. In other words, when a linear liquid along the X-axis direction is applied and a linear liquid along the Y-axis direction is applied, the relative movement direction D of the droplet discharge device with respect to the substrate is the same. Along the direction of the width direction of the substrate.

如同上述一般,而形成了使沿著X軸方向之平行線圖案和沿著Y軸方向之平行線圖案相互交叉之網格狀之圖案。 As described above, a grid-like pattern in which parallel line patterns along the X-axis direction and parallel line patterns along the Y-axis direction intersect each other is formed.

在以上之圖案形成中,在分別形成沿著X軸方向之線狀液體以及沿著Y軸方向之線狀液體時的由液滴吐出裝置所致之墨水吐出,係如同下述一般來作控制。 In the above pattern formation, the ink discharge by the droplet discharge device when forming the linear liquid along the X-axis direction and the linear liquid along the Y-axis direction is controlled as follows. .

〈墨水吐出控制〉 <Ink discharge control>

‧每一液滴之單位液滴容量Vd=30[pL] ‧ unit droplet volume per droplet V d = 30 [pL]

‧階度N=8[dpd] ‧degree N=8[dpd]

‧用以形成1個的線狀液體而從1個的噴嘴所吐出之總液滴容量V(=Vd[pL]×N[dpd])=240[pL] ‧ Total droplet capacity V (= V d [pL] × N [dpd]) = 240 [pL] discharged from one nozzle to form one linear liquid

‧噴嘴列解析度R=360[npi] ‧Nozzle column resolution R=360[npi]

‧積V‧R=8.64×104[pL‧npi] ‧Production V‧R=8.64×10 4 [pL‧npi]

‧為了形成1個的線狀液體而從相互鄰接之噴嘴所各別吐出之包含功能性材料之液體的最大吐出時間差Δtmax=81.0[ms] ‧ Maximum discharge time difference Δt max = 81.0 [ms] of liquid containing functional material discharged from nozzles adjacent to each other in order to form one linear liquid

‧藉由1次之通過所賦予的線狀液體之賦予間隔Mp=797.6[μm] ‧The interval of the linear liquid imparted by one pass is M p =797.6 [μm]

‧最終所賦予的線狀液體之賦予間隔M=398.8[μm] ‧The interval between the linear liquids finally given is M=398.8 [μm]

‧總通過數 ‧ total number of passes

將形成沿著X軸方向之線狀液體時的通過數設為2次,並將形成沿著Y軸方向之線狀液體時的通過數設為2次 The number of passes when forming a linear liquid along the X-axis direction is set to 2, and the number of passes when forming a linear liquid along the Y-axis direction is set to 2 times.

身為此些之通過數的合計之總通過數,係為4次。對於藉由1次之通過所賦予的線狀液體之賦予間隔Mp和最終所賦予之線狀液體的賦予間隔M作考慮,而設定通過數。 The total number of passes for the total number of passes for this is 4 times. For the given interval M for consideration by a liquid line followed by the given interval M p imparting and ultimately granted in the liquid line, set by the number.

(實施例2) (Example 2)

在實施例1中,作為基材,係使用了以使包含功能性材料之液體的接觸角會成為8.7°的方式而施加了表面處理之PET基材,除此之外,係與實施例1相同的而形成了圖案。表面處理,係為與實施例1相同之使用信光電氣計裝公司製之「PS-1M」所進行的電暈放電處理,但是,係以會成為上述接觸角的方式來對於處理強度作了調整。 In the first embodiment, as the substrate, a PET substrate to which a surface treatment is applied so that the contact angle of the liquid containing the functional material is 8.7° is used, and the first embodiment is the same as that of the first embodiment. The same pattern is formed. The surface treatment is a corona discharge treatment using "PS-1M" manufactured by Shinko Electric Co., Ltd., which is the same as in the first embodiment, but the treatment intensity is adjusted so as to become the contact angle. .

(實施例3) (Example 3)

在實施例1中,作為基材,係使用了以使包含功能性材料之液體的接觸角會成為10.4°的方式而施加了表面處理之PET基材,除此之外,係與實施例1相同的而形成了圖案。表面處理,係為與實施例1相同之使用信光電氣計裝公司製之「PS-1M」所進行的電暈放電處理,但是,係以會成為上述接觸角的方式來對於處理強度作了調整。 In the first embodiment, as the substrate, a PET substrate to which a surface treatment is applied so that the contact angle of the liquid containing the functional material is 10.4° is used, and the first embodiment is the same as that of the first embodiment. The same pattern is formed. The surface treatment is a corona discharge treatment using "PS-1M" manufactured by Shinko Electric Co., Ltd., which is the same as in the first embodiment, but the treatment intensity is adjusted so as to become the contact angle. .

(實施例4) (Example 4)

在實施例1中,作為基材,係使用了以使包含功能性材料之液體的接觸角會成為29.7°的方式而施加了表面處理之PET基材,除此之外,係與實施例1相同的而形成了圖案。表面處理,係為與實施例1相同之使用信光電氣計裝公司製之「PS-1M」所進行的電暈放電處理,但是,係以會成為上述接觸角的方式來對於處理強度作了調整。 In the first embodiment, as the substrate, a PET substrate to which a surface treatment is applied so that the contact angle of the liquid containing the functional material is 29.7° is used, and the first embodiment is the same as that of the first embodiment. The same pattern is formed. The surface treatment is a corona discharge treatment using "PS-1M" manufactured by Shinko Electric Co., Ltd., which is the same as in the first embodiment, but the treatment intensity is adjusted so as to become the contact angle. .

(實施例5) (Example 5)

在實施例1中,作為基材,係使用了以使包含功能性材料之液體的接觸角會成為32.3°的方式而施加了表面處理之PET基材,除此之外,係與實施例1相同的而形成了圖案。表面處理,係為與實施例1相同之使用信光電氣計裝公司製之「PS-1M」所進行的電暈放電處理,但是,係以會成為上述接觸角的方式來對於處理強度作了調整。 In the first embodiment, as the substrate, a PET substrate to which a surface treatment is applied so that the contact angle of the liquid containing the functional material is 32.3° is used, and the first embodiment is the same as that of the first embodiment. The same pattern is formed. The surface treatment is a corona discharge treatment using "PS-1M" manufactured by Shinko Electric Co., Ltd., which is the same as in the first embodiment, but the treatment intensity is adjusted so as to become the contact angle. .

(實施例6) (Example 6)

在實施例1中,將階度N變更為3[dpd〉,並將積V‧R設為3.24×104[pL‧npi]。 In the first embodiment, the gradation N is changed to 3 [dpd>, and the product V‧R is set to 3.24 × 10 4 [pL ‧ npi].

進而,係將墨水中之銀奈米粒子的濃度調節為0.42wt%。藉由此,來將對於線狀液體之每單位長度所賦予的銀奈米粒子之賦予量,設為與實施例1相近之值。 Further, the concentration of the silver nanoparticles in the ink was adjusted to 0.42% by weight. By this, the amount of silver nanoparticles imparted per unit length of the linear liquid is set to a value close to that of the first embodiment.

除了以上之點以外,與實施例1相同的而形 成了圖案。 Except for the above points, the same shape as in the first embodiment Become a pattern.

(實施例7) (Example 7)

在實施例1中,將階度N變更為4[dpd〉,並將積V‧R設為4.32×104[pL‧npi]。 In the first embodiment, the gradation N is changed to 4 [dpd>, and the product V‧R is set to 4.32 × 10 4 [pL ‧ npi].

進而,係將墨水中之銀奈米粒子的濃度調節為0.32wt%。藉由此,來將對於線狀液體之每單位長度所賦予的銀奈米粒子之賦予量,設為與實施例1相近之值。 Further, the concentration of the silver nanoparticles in the ink was adjusted to 0.32% by weight. By this, the amount of silver nanoparticles imparted per unit length of the linear liquid is set to a value close to that of the first embodiment.

除了以上之點以外,與實施例1相同的而形成了圖案。 A pattern was formed in the same manner as in Example 1 except for the above points.

(實施例8) (Example 8)

在實施例1中,將階度N變更為12[dpd〉,並將積V‧R設為1.30×105[pL‧npi]。 In the first embodiment, the gradation N is changed to 12 [dpd>, and the product V‧R is set to 1.30 × 10 5 [pL ‧ npi].

進而,係將墨水中之銀奈米粒子的濃度調節為0.11wt%。藉由此,來將對於線狀液體之每單位長度所賦予的銀奈米粒子之賦予量,設為與實施例1相近之值。 Further, the concentration of the silver nanoparticles in the ink was adjusted to 0.11% by weight. By this, the amount of silver nanoparticles imparted per unit length of the linear liquid is set to a value close to that of the first embodiment.

除了以上之點以外,與實施例1相同的而形成了圖案。 A pattern was formed in the same manner as in Example 1 except for the above points.

(實施例9) (Example 9)

在實施例1中,將階度N變更為16[dpd〉,並將積V‧R設為1.73×105[pL‧npi]。 In the first embodiment, the gradation N is changed to 16 [dpd>, and the product V‧R is set to 1.73 × 10 5 [pL ‧ npi].

進而,係將墨水中之銀奈米粒子的濃度調節 為0.08wt%。藉由此,來將對於線狀液體之每單位長度所賦予的銀奈米粒子之賦予量,設為與實施例1相近之值。 Further, the concentration of the silver nanoparticles in the ink is adjusted. It is 0.08 wt%. By this, the amount of silver nanoparticles imparted per unit length of the linear liquid is set to a value close to that of the first embodiment.

除了以上之點以外,與實施例1相同的而形成了圖案。 A pattern was formed in the same manner as in Example 1 except for the above points.

(實施例10) (Embodiment 10)

在實施例1中,變更噴墨頭之移動速度,而將最大吐出時間差Δtmax設為101.3[ms],除此之外,係與實施例1相同的而形成了圖案。 In the first embodiment, the pattern was formed in the same manner as in the first embodiment except that the moving speed of the ink jet head was changed and the maximum discharge time difference Δt max was 101.3 [ms].

(實施例11) (Example 11)

在實施例1中,變更噴墨頭之移動速度,而將最大吐出時間差Δtmax設為192.4[ms],除此之外,係與實施例1相同的而形成了圖案。 In the first embodiment, the pattern was formed in the same manner as in the first embodiment except that the moving speed of the ink jet head was changed and the maximum discharge time difference Δt max was 192.4 [ms].

(實施例12) (Embodiment 12)

在實施例1中,變更噴墨頭之移動速度,而將最大吐出時間差Δtmax設為222.8[ms],除此之外,係與實施例1相同的而形成了圖案。 In the first embodiment, the pattern was formed in the same manner as in the first embodiment except that the moving speed of the ink jet head was changed and the maximum discharge time difference Δt max was 222.8 [ms].

(實施例13) (Example 13)

在實施例1中,將藉由1次的通過所賦予之線狀液體的賦予間隔Mp設為398.8[ms],並將總通過數設為2次,除此之外,係與實施例1相同的而形成了圖案。 In the first embodiment, the application interval M p of the linear liquid to be supplied by one pass is set to 398.8 [ms], and the total number of passes is set to two times. 1 is identical and a pattern is formed.

於此,係藉由將形成沿著X軸方向之線狀液體時的通過數設為1次,並將形成沿著Y軸方向之線狀液體時的通過數亦設為1次,而將總通過數設為2次。 Here, the number of passes when forming a linear liquid along the X-axis direction is once, and the number of passes when forming a linear liquid along the Y-axis direction is also set to one time. The total number of passes is set to 2 times.

(實施例14) (Example 14)

在實施例1中,將藉由1次的通過所賦予之線狀液體的賦予間隔Mp設為1196.4[ms],並將總通過數設為6次,除此之外,係與實施例1相同的而形成了圖案。 In the first embodiment, the application interval M p of the linear liquid to be supplied by one pass is set to 1196.4 [ms], and the total number of passes is set to six times. 1 is identical and a pattern is formed.

於此,係藉由將形成沿著X軸方向之線狀液體時的通過數設為3次,並將形成沿著Y軸方向之線狀液體時的通過數亦設為3次,而將總通過數設為6次。 Here, the number of passes when the linear liquid is formed along the X-axis direction is set to three times, and the number of passes when the linear liquid is formed along the Y-axis direction is also set to three times. The total number of passes is set to 6 times.

(實施例15) (Example 15)

在實施例1中,將階度N變更為32[dpd〉,並將積V‧R設為3.45×105[pL‧npi]。又,伴隨著2根線之線寬幅的擴大,將藉由1次之通過所賦予的線狀液體之賦予間隔Mp變更為1595.2[μm],並將最終所賦予之線狀液體的賦予間隔M變更為797.6[μm]。 In the first embodiment, the gradation N is changed to 32 [dpd>, and the product V‧R is set to 3.45 × 10 5 [pL ‧ npi]. And, along with the expansion of the line width of two lines, the line followed by a liquid through the given interval M p imparting change 1595.2 [μm], and finally imparting linear conferred liquid The interval M was changed to 797.6 [μm].

進而,係將墨水中之銀奈米粒子的濃度調節為0.04wt%。藉由此,來將對於線狀液體之每單位長度所賦予的銀奈米粒子之賦予量,設為與實施例1相近之值。 Further, the concentration of the silver nanoparticles in the ink was adjusted to 0.04% by weight. By this, the amount of silver nanoparticles imparted per unit length of the linear liquid is set to a value close to that of the first embodiment.

(實施例16) (Embodiment 16)

在實施例1中,將階度N變更為48[dpd〉,並將積 V‧R設為5.18×105[pL‧npi]。又,伴隨著2根線之線寬幅的擴大,將藉由1次之通過所賦予的線狀液體之賦予間隔Mp變更為1595.2[μm],並將最終所賦予之線狀液體的賦予間隔M變更為797.6[μm]。 In the first embodiment, the gradation N is changed to 48 [dpd>, and the product V‧R is set to 5.18 × 10 5 [pL ‧ npi]. And, along with the expansion of the line width of two lines, the line followed by a liquid through the given interval M p imparting change 1595.2 [μm], and finally imparting linear conferred liquid The interval M was changed to 797.6 [μm].

進而,係將墨水中之銀奈米粒子的濃度調節為0.027wt%。藉由此,來將對於線狀液體之每單位長度所賦予的銀奈米粒子之賦予量,設為與實施例1相近之值。 Further, the concentration of the silver nanoparticles in the ink was adjusted to 0.027% by weight. By this, the amount of silver nanoparticles imparted per unit length of the linear liquid is set to a value close to that of the first embodiment.

(實施例17) (Example 17)

在實施例1中,將階度N變更為54[dpd〉,並將積V‧R設為5.83×105[pL‧npi]。又,伴隨著2根線之線寬幅的擴大,將藉由1次之通過所賦予的線狀液體之賦予間隔Mp變更為1595.2[μm],並將最終所賦予之線狀液體的賦予間隔M變更為797.6[μm]。 In the first embodiment, the gradation N is changed to 54 [dpd>, and the product V‧R is set to 5.83 × 10 5 [pL ‧ npi]. And, along with the expansion of the line width of two lines, the line followed by a liquid through the given interval M p imparting change 1595.2 [μm], and finally imparting linear conferred liquid The interval M was changed to 797.6 [μm].

進而,係將墨水中之銀奈米粒子的濃度調節為0.024wt%。藉由此,來將對於線狀液體之每單位長度所賦予的銀奈米粒子之賦予量,設為與實施例1相近之值。 Further, the concentration of the silver nanoparticles in the ink was adjusted to 0.024% by weight. By this, the amount of silver nanoparticles imparted per unit length of the linear liquid is set to a value close to that of the first embodiment.

(實施例18) (Embodiment 18)

在實施例1中,於形成線狀液體時,如同參考圖17~圖19所說明一般,將對相對於液滴吐出裝置之噴嘴列而被平行地作配置的像素組而從複數之噴嘴所賦予之液滴 組,於與噴嘴列相交叉之方向上作複數組之賦予,並使複數組之前述液滴組合併為一,而形成在與噴嘴列相交叉之方向上而延伸的線狀液體。具體而言,係將構成噴嘴列方向之像素組的像素數(鄰接像素數)設為2。又,階度N係設定為4[dpd]。積V‧R係設為8.64×104[pL‧npi]。 In the first embodiment, when a linear liquid is formed, as described with reference to FIGS. 17 to 19, a plurality of nozzles are arranged for the pixel groups arranged in parallel with respect to the nozzle row of the droplet discharge device. The set of droplets is given as a complex array in a direction intersecting the nozzle row, and the droplets of the complex array are combined into one, and formed in a line extending in a direction crossing the nozzle row liquid. Specifically, the number of pixels (the number of adjacent pixels) constituting the pixel group in the nozzle row direction is set to 2. Further, the gradation N is set to 4 [dpd]. The product V‧R is set to 8.64 × 10 4 [pL‧npi].

(實施例19) (Embodiment 19)

在實施例18中,將構成噴嘴列方向之像素組的像素數設為8。又,階度N係設定為6[dpd]。積V‧R係設為5.18×105[pL‧npi]。又,伴隨著2根線之線寬幅的擴大,將藉由1次之通過所賦予的線狀液體之賦予間隔Mp變更為1595.2[μm],並將最終所賦予之線狀液體的賦予間隔M變更為797.6[μm]。 In the eighteenth embodiment, the number of pixels constituting the pixel group in the nozzle row direction is set to eight. Further, the gradation N is set to 6 [dpd]. The product V‧R is set to 5.18 × 10 5 [pL‧npi]. And, along with the expansion of the line width of two lines, the line followed by a liquid through the given interval M p imparting change 1595.2 [μm], and finally imparting linear conferred liquid The interval M was changed to 797.6 [μm].

進而,係將墨水中之銀奈米粒子的濃度調節為0.027wt%。藉由此,來將對於線狀液體之每單位長度所賦予的銀奈米粒子之賦予量,設為與實施例18相近之值。 Further, the concentration of the silver nanoparticles in the ink was adjusted to 0.027% by weight. By this, the amount of silver nanoparticles imparted per unit length of the linear liquid was set to a value close to that of Example 18.

(比較例1) (Comparative Example 1)

在比較例1中所使用之基材、液滴吐出裝置以及墨水之組成,係與實施例1相同。 The composition of the substrate, the droplet discharge device, and the ink used in Comparative Example 1 was the same as in Example 1.

在比較例1中,係如同下述一般,而進行了圖案形成。 In Comparative Example 1, pattern formation was carried out as follows.

〈圖案之形成〉 <Formation of patterns>

一面使液滴吐出裝置相對於基材而作相對移動,一面從該液滴吐出裝置之噴嘴來連續性地吐出墨水,並沿著身為與相對移動方向D相同之方向的X軸方向,來形成了線狀液體。此時,相對移動方向D,係為沿著基材之寬幅方向的方向。 While the droplet discharge device is relatively moved relative to the substrate, the ink is continuously discharged from the nozzle of the droplet discharge device, and the body is in the X-axis direction in the same direction as the relative movement direction D. A linear liquid is formed. At this time, the relative movement direction D is a direction along the width direction of the substrate.

藉由使沿著X軸方向之線狀液體蒸發並乾燥,來在該線狀液體之緣部選擇性地堆積功能性材料,而形成了沿著X軸方向之平行線圖案。於此,係藉由對於配置在被加熱至70℃之平台上的基材進行圖案形成,來促進線狀液體之乾燥。 By linearly evaporating and drying the linear liquid along the X-axis direction, the functional material is selectively deposited on the edge of the linear liquid to form a parallel line pattern along the X-axis direction. Here, the drying of the linear liquid is promoted by patterning the substrate disposed on the stage heated to 70 °C.

接著,使基材相對於液滴吐出裝置而作90°之旋轉,並使相對於基材之液滴吐出裝置的相對性之配置角度作了變更。亦即是,係使相對於基材之液滴吐出裝置的相對移動方向作了變更。故而,變更後之液滴吐出裝置之相對移動方向D,係對應於相對於之前所形成的平行線圖案之形成方向、亦即是相對於X軸方向而相正交之方向,亦即是對應於Y軸方向。將配置作了變更後的相對移動方向D,係為沿著基材之長邊方向的方向。 Next, the substrate was rotated by 90° with respect to the droplet discharge device, and the arrangement angle of the relative position of the droplet discharge device with respect to the substrate was changed. That is, the relative moving direction of the droplet discharge device with respect to the substrate is changed. Therefore, the relative movement direction D of the droplet discharge device after the change corresponds to the direction in which the parallel line pattern formed before is formed, that is, the direction orthogonal to the X-axis direction, that is, corresponds to In the Y-axis direction. The relative movement direction D after the configuration is changed is the direction along the longitudinal direction of the substrate.

在如同上述一般地而將配置作了變更之後,一面使液滴吐出裝置相對於基材而作相對移動,一面從該液滴吐出裝置之噴嘴來吐出墨水,並沿著身為與相對移動方向D相同之方向的Y軸方向,來形成了線狀液體。 After the arrangement is changed as described above, the droplet discharge device moves relative to the substrate, and the ink is ejected from the nozzle of the droplet discharge device, and the body is moved in the relative direction. D is in the Y direction of the same direction to form a linear liquid.

藉由使沿著Y軸方向之線狀液體蒸發並乾 燥,來在該線狀液體之緣部選擇性地堆積功能性材料,而形成了沿著Y軸方向之平行線圖案。於此,係藉由對於配置在被加熱至70℃之平台上的基材進行圖案形成,來促進線狀液體之乾燥。 By evaporating and drying the linear liquid along the Y-axis direction Drying, the functional material is selectively deposited on the edge of the linear liquid to form a parallel line pattern along the Y-axis direction. Here, the drying of the linear liquid is promoted by patterning the substrate disposed on the stage heated to 70 °C.

如同上述一般,而形成了使沿著X軸方向之平行線圖案和沿著Y軸方向之平行線圖案相互交叉之網格狀之圖案。 As described above, a grid-like pattern in which parallel line patterns along the X-axis direction and parallel line patterns along the Y-axis direction intersect each other is formed.

在以上之圖案形成中,在分別形成沿著X軸方向之線狀液體以及沿著Y軸方向之線狀液體時的由液滴吐出裝置所致之墨水吐出,係如同下述一般來作控制。 In the above pattern formation, the ink discharge by the droplet discharge device when forming the linear liquid along the X-axis direction and the linear liquid along the Y-axis direction is controlled as follows. .

〈墨水吐出控制〉 <Ink discharge control>

‧每一液滴之單位液滴容量Vd=30[pL] ‧ unit droplet volume per droplet V d = 30 [pL]

‧階度N=8[dpd] ‧degree N=8[dpd]

‧藉由1次之通過所賦予的線狀液體之賦予間隔Mp=797.6[μm] ‧The interval of the linear liquid imparted by one pass is M p =797.6 [μm]

‧最終所賦予的線狀液體之賦予間隔M=398.8[μm] ‧The interval between the linear liquids finally given is M=398.8 [μm]

‧總通過數 ‧ total number of passes

將形成沿著X軸方向之線狀液體時的通過數設為2次,並將形成沿著Y軸方向之線狀液體時的通過數設為2次 The number of passes when forming a linear liquid along the X-axis direction is set to 2, and the number of passes when forming a linear liquid along the Y-axis direction is set to 2 times.

身為此些之通過數的合計之總通過數,係為4次。 The total number of passes for the total number of passes for this is 4 times.

2.評價方法 2. Evaluation method

針對藉由各實施例以及比較例所形成的圖案,而針對圖案性質以及物性值作了評價。 The pattern properties and the physical property values were evaluated for the patterns formed by the respective examples and comparative examples.

(1)圖案性質 (1) Pattern properties

作為圖案性質,係針對以下之項目(膨出防止性、2根線之線寬幅以及細線寬幅)作了評價。 As the pattern property, the following items (bulk prevention, width of two lines, and width of fine lines) were evaluated.

‧膨出防止性 ‧ bulging prevention

在表1~5中所示之2根線之性質,係為藉由光學顯微鏡觀察來針對1組2根的細線而於細線形成方向上涵蓋50mm地作觀察,並基於下述評價基準來對於膨出防止性作了評價。 The properties of the two lines shown in Tables 1 to 5 are observed by optical microscopy for one set of two thin lines and 50 mm in the direction of thin line formation, and are based on the following evaluation criteria. The bulging prevention was evaluated.

〈評價基準〉 <Evaluation criteria>

A:並未發生膨出 A: No bulging

B:發生了膨出(3處以下) B: Bulging occurred (3 or less)

C:發生了膨出(4處以上) C: bulging occurred (more than 4 places)

‧2根線之線寬幅 ‧2 line width

2根線之線寬幅(μm),係為藉由光學顯微鏡觀察來對於1組2根的細線間之間隔作了測定者。測定值,係相當於上述之間隔I。 The line width (μm) of the two lines is measured by an optical microscope to measure the interval between two sets of two thin lines. The measured value corresponds to the above interval I.

‧細線寬幅 ‧ Thin line width

細線寬幅(μm),係為藉由光學顯微鏡觀察來對於1組2根的細線之寬幅作了測定者。測定值,係相當於上述之寬幅W1、W2。另外,由於2根的細線之寬幅實質上係為相同,因此,係以其中一方之細線的測定值作為細線寬幅(μm)。 The width (μm) of the thin line is measured by the optical microscope to measure the width of one set of two thin lines. The measured values correspond to the above-described wide widths W1 and W2. Further, since the widths of the two thin wires are substantially the same, the measured value of one of the thin wires is taken as the fine line width (μm).

(2)物性值 (2) Physical property value

作為物性值,係針對以下之項目(透射率、薄片電阻以及端子電阻)作了評價。 The physical property values were evaluated for the following items (transmittance, sheet resistance, and terminal resistance).

‧透射率(全光線透射率) ‧Transmission rate (total light transmittance)

透射率(全光線透射率)(%T),係為使用東京電色公司製之AUTOMATICHAZEMETER(MODEL TC-HIIIDP)所測定出的全光線透射率。另外,係使用並不存在有圖案之基材來進行修正,而作為所作成的圖案之全光線透射率來作了測定。 The transmittance (total light transmittance) (%T) is the total light transmittance measured by AUTOMATICHAZEMETER (MODEL TC-HIIIDP) manufactured by Tokyo Denshoku Co., Ltd. In addition, the correction was performed using a substrate having no pattern, and the total light transmittance of the formed pattern was measured.

‧薄片電阻 ‧Sheet resistance

薄片電阻(Ω/□),係使用DIA INSTRUMENTS公司製之Loresta-EP(MODEL MCP-T360型)串聯4探針式探針(ESP),而對於薄片電阻值作了測定。 The sheet resistance (Ω/□) was measured using a Loresta-EP (MODEL MCP-T360 type) tandem 4-probe probe (ESP) manufactured by DIA INSTRUMENTS.

在進行上述測定之前,藉由在熱板上將基材加熱120℃,1個鐘頭,而對於圖案施加了加熱燒成處理。 Before the above measurement, the substrate was heated by heating on a hot plate at 120 ° C for 1 hour, and a heat baking treatment was applied to the pattern.

‧端子電阻 ‧Terminal resistance

端子電阻(Ω),係為在100mm×5mm之短籤狀的區域中形成圖案,並對於端子間(亦即是,短籤狀區域之長邊方向的兩端間)之電阻值作了測定之值。 The terminal resistance (Ω) is a pattern formed in a short-shaped area of 100 mm × 5 mm, and the resistance value between the terminals (that is, between the both ends in the longitudinal direction of the short-handed area) is measured. The value.

在進行上述測定之前,藉由在熱板上將基材加熱120℃,1個鐘頭,而對於圖案施加了加熱燒成處理。 Before the above measurement, the substrate was heated by heating on a hot plate at 120 ° C for 1 hour, and a heat baking treatment was applied to the pattern.

3.評價 3. Evaluation

(1)接觸角之影響 (1) Influence of contact angle

於表1中對於實施例1~5之結果作展示。實施例1~5,係為使包含功能性材料之液體的接觸角有所相異者。 The results of Examples 1 to 5 are shown in Table 1. Examples 1 to 5 are those in which the contact angle of the liquid containing the functional material is different.

根據表1,可以得知,接觸角,若是身為10[°]以上30[°]以下之範圍,則係可得到能夠使所形成之平行線圖案的透明性更進一步提昇之效果。 According to Table 1, it can be seen that if the contact angle is in the range of 10 [°] or more and 30 [°] or less, the effect of further improving the transparency of the formed parallel line pattern can be obtained.

又,係得知了:若是接觸角係為10[°]以上30[°]以下之範圍,則線狀液體係成為更容易被直線性地形成,而能夠適當地防止膨出(bulge)的發生。其結果,係得知了:構成所形成之平行線圖案的線段,係成為更加容易被直線性地形成,而亦能夠適當地防止斷線之發生等。因此,係得知了:當作為功能性材料而使用導電性材料的情況時,係可得到下述之效果:亦即是,係能夠對於所得到的圖案之薄片電阻和端子電阻作更進一步的改善。 In addition, when the contact angle is in the range of 10 [°] or more and 30 [°] or less, the linear liquid system is more easily formed linearly, and bulge can be appropriately prevented. occur. As a result, it has been found that the line segments constituting the parallel line pattern formed are more easily formed linearly, and the occurrence of disconnection can be appropriately prevented. Therefore, it has been found that when a conductive material is used as a functional material, the following effects can be obtained: that is, the sheet resistance and the terminal resistance of the obtained pattern can be further improved. improve.

(2)積V‧R之影響 (2) The impact of the product V‧R

於表2中對於實施例1、6~9以及15~17之結果作展示。實施例1、6~9以及15~17,係為使用以形成1個的線狀液體而從1個的噴嘴所賦予之總液滴容量V和噴嘴列解析度R之積V‧R有所相異者。具體而言,係藉由階度N之調整,而使積V‧R作改變。另外,係藉由墨水中之銀奈米粒子的濃度之調整,來將對於線狀液體之每單位長度所賦予的銀奈米粒子之賦予量,設為與實施例1相近之值。 The results of Examples 1, 6-9, and 15-17 are shown in Table 2. In the first, sixth, and fifth to fifth embodiments, the total liquid droplet capacity V and the nozzle column resolution R, which are supplied from one nozzle, are used to form a linear liquid. Different. Specifically, the product V‧R is changed by the adjustment of the gradation N. In addition, the amount of silver nanoparticles imparted per unit length of the linear liquid is adjusted to a value similar to that of the first embodiment by adjusting the concentration of the silver nanoparticles in the ink.

根據表2,可以得知:積V‧R〔pL‧npi〕,若是成為4.32×104〔pL‧npi〕以上5.18×105〔pL‧npi〕以下的範圍,則線狀液體係成為更加容易被直線性地形成,而能夠適當地防止膨出。其結果,係得知了:構成所形成之平行線圖案的線段,係成為更加容易被直線性地形成,而亦能夠適當地防止斷線之發生等。因此,係得知了:當作為功能性材料而使用導電性材料的情況時,係可得到下述之效果:亦即是,係能夠對於所得到的圖案之薄片電阻和端子電阻作更進一步的改善。 According to Table 2, it can be seen that if the product V‧R[pL‧npi] is in the range of 4.32 × 10 4 [pL‧npi] or more and 5.18 × 10 5 [pL‧npi] or less, the linear liquid system becomes more It is easy to be formed linearly, and bulging can be appropriately prevented. As a result, it has been found that the line segments constituting the parallel line pattern formed are more easily formed linearly, and the occurrence of disconnection can be appropriately prevented. Therefore, it has been found that when a conductive material is used as a functional material, the following effects can be obtained: that is, the sheet resistance and the terminal resistance of the obtained pattern can be further improved. improve.

(3)最大吐出時間差Δtmax之影響 (3) Influence of maximum discharge time difference Δt max

於表3中對於實施例1、10~12之結果作展示。實施例1、10~12‧係為使為了形成1個的線狀液體而從相互鄰接之噴嘴所各別吐出之包含功能性材料之液體的最大吐出時間差Δtmax有所相異者。 The results of Examples 1, 10 to 12 are shown in Table 3. In the first and third embodiments, the maximum discharge time difference Δt max of the liquid containing the functional material discharged from the nozzles adjacent to each other in order to form one linear liquid is different.

根據表3,可以得知,藉由將最大吐出時間差Δtmax控制在200[ms]以下,係可得到能夠適當地改善端子電阻之效果。 According to Table 3, it is understood that the effect of appropriately improving the terminal resistance can be obtained by controlling the maximum discharge time difference Δt max to 200 [ms] or less.

(4)線狀液體之賦予間隔Mp的影響 (4) Effect of the interval M p of the linear liquid

於表4中對於實施例1、13以及14之結果作展示。實施例1、13以及14,係為使藉由1次之通過所賦予的線狀液體之賦予間隔Mp有所相異者。因應於藉由1次之通過所賦予的線狀液體之賦予間隔Mp,而以能夠實現最終所賦予之線狀液體的賦予間隔M的方式,來設定通過數。 The results of Examples 1, 13, and 14 are shown in Table 4. Examples 1, 13, and 14 are those in which the interval M p of the linear liquid imparted by the passage of one pass is different. Followed by a response to the imparted by imparting linear interval M of the P liquid, and so as to impart linear interval M can be achieved in the liquid given final, set by the number.

根據表4,可以得知,藉由將藉由1次之通過所賦予的線狀液體之賦予間隔Mp設為400[μm]以上,在進行線狀液體之乾燥時,係能夠將伴隨於相鄰接之線狀液體之乾燥所產生的蒸氣之影響減輕,而可得到能夠使平行線圖案之形成更加安定化的效果。其結果,可以得知,係能夠得到使膨出防止性、透明性更進一步提昇之效果。進而,可以得知,若是功能性材料乃身為導電性材料,則係可得到能夠對於所得到的圖案之薄片電阻和端子電阻作更進一步的改善之效果。 According to Table 4, it is possible that, by 1 followed by the line of the liquid by imparting given interval M p is set to 400 [μm] or more, of the liquid during the drying wire, can be based on the accompanying The effect of the vapor generated by the drying of the adjacent linear liquid is reduced, and an effect of making the formation of the parallel line pattern more stable can be obtained. As a result, it was found that an effect of further improving the bulging prevention property and the transparency can be obtained. Further, it can be seen that if the functional material is a conductive material, it is possible to obtain an effect of further improving the sheet resistance and the terminal resistance of the obtained pattern.

(5)鄰接像素數之影響 (5) The influence of the number of adjacent pixels

於表5中對於實施例1、18以及19之結果作展示。在實施例1中,於形成線狀液體時,係將對於1個像素而從1個的噴嘴所賦予之液滴,於與噴嘴列相交叉之方向上作複數之賦予,並使複數之前述液滴合併為一,而形成在與噴嘴列相交叉之方向上而延伸的線狀液體。相對於此,在實施例18以及19中,於形成線狀液體時,係將對相對於液滴吐出裝置之噴嘴列而被平行地作配置的像素組而從複數之噴嘴所賦予之液滴組,於與噴嘴列相交叉之方向上作複數組之賦予,並使複數組之前述液滴組合併為一,而形成在與噴嘴列相交叉之方向上而延伸的線狀液體。構成噴嘴列方向之像素組的像素數(鄰接像素數),在實施例1中係設為1,在實施例18中係設為2,在實施例19中係設為8。 The results of Examples 1, 18, and 19 are shown in Table 5. In the first embodiment, when a linear liquid is formed, the liquid droplets given from one nozzle for one pixel are given in plural in the direction intersecting the nozzle row, and the plural is given. The droplets are combined into one to form a linear liquid extending in a direction crossing the nozzle row. On the other hand, in the examples 18 and 19, when the linear liquid is formed, the droplets are given from the plurality of nozzles to the pixel group arranged in parallel with respect to the nozzle row of the droplet discharge device. The group is provided as a complex array in a direction intersecting the nozzle row, and the droplets of the complex array are combined to form a linear liquid extending in a direction intersecting the nozzle row. The number of pixels (the number of adjacent pixels) constituting the pixel group in the nozzle row direction is set to 1 in the first embodiment, 2 in the embodiment 18, and 8 in the nineteenth embodiment.

根據表5,可以得知,就算是在將鄰接像素數設為複數的情況時,亦能夠發揮本發明之效果。進而,如同實施例19之結果所示一般,就算是在線狀液體之每一單位長度之液滴賦予量為大的情況時、亦即是在階度N[dpd]和鄰接像素數之積為大的情況時,亦能夠對於最大吐出時間差Δtmax[ms]之增大適當地作抑制。在實施例19中之最大吐出時間差Δtmax[ms],相較於身為同等之液滴賦予量的實施例16之最大吐出時間差Δtmax[ms],係被大幅度的縮短,藉由此,膨出防止性係更進一步被改善。其結果,可以得知,係可得到能夠對於所得到的圖案之薄片電阻和端子電阻作更進一步的改善之效果。 According to Table 5, it can be understood that the effect of the present invention can be exhibited even when the number of adjacent pixels is plural. Further, as shown in the results of Example 19, even when the amount of droplets per unit length of the linear liquid is large, that is, the product of the gradation N [dpd] and the number of adjacent pixels is In the case of a large case, it is also possible to appropriately suppress the increase in the maximum discharge time difference Δt max [ms]. In the tenth embodiment, the maximum discharge time difference Δt max [ms] is greatly shortened compared to the maximum discharge time difference Δt max [ms] of the embodiment 16 which is equivalent to the droplet application amount. The bulging prevention system is further improved. As a result, it was found that an effect of further improving the sheet resistance and the terminal resistance of the obtained pattern can be obtained.

(6)實施例和比較例之對比 (6) Comparison of examples and comparative examples

進而,於表6中對於實施例1以及比較例1之結果作展示。 Further, the results of Example 1 and Comparative Example 1 are shown in Table 6.

根據表6,可以得知,在將線狀液體相對於前述液滴吐出裝置與前述基材之相對移動方向而傾斜地形成之實施例1中,係並不需要進行如同比較例1一般之在X軸、Y軸圖案形成時的基材配置之變更,而能夠使生產性提昇。 According to Table 6, it can be seen that in the first embodiment in which the linear liquid is formed obliquely with respect to the relative movement direction of the liquid droplet ejection device and the substrate, it is not necessary to perform X as in Comparative Example 1. The change in the substrate arrangement at the time of forming the shaft and the Y-axis pattern can improve the productivity.

又,在比較例1中,由於係將液滴吐出裝置之相對移動方向D,設定為沿著基材之邊的方向,因此,係並無法同時達成波紋之防止以及面取效率之提昇。 Further, in Comparative Example 1, since the relative movement direction D of the droplet discharge device is set to the direction along the side of the substrate, the prevention of the corrugation and the improvement of the surface extraction efficiency cannot be simultaneously achieved.

進而,實施例1,根據與比較例1之對比,係可得知其在膨出防止性上亦為優良。進而,可以得知,若是功能性材料乃身為導電性材料,則係可得到能夠對於所得到的圖案之薄片電阻、端子電阻作改善之效果。 Further, in Example 1, according to comparison with Comparative Example 1, it was found that it was also excellent in bulging prevention property. Further, it can be seen that if the functional material is a conductive material, it is possible to obtain an effect of improving the sheet resistance and the terminal resistance of the obtained pattern.

(實施例20) (Embodiment 20)

1.墨水之調製 1. Modulation of ink

調製了由下述組成所成之墨水1。 The ink 1 composed of the following composition was prepared.

‧銀奈米粒子之水分散液1(銀奈米粒子:40重量%):1.75重量% ‧ Silver nanoparticle aqueous dispersion 1 (silver nanoparticle: 40% by weight): 1.75 wt%

‧矽系界面活性劑(BYK公司製「BYK-348」):0.01重量% ‧矽 surfactant (BYK-348 by BYK): 0.01% by weight

‧純水:殘部 ‧Pure water: Residue

2.基材之調製 2. Modulation of the substrate

作為基材,係使用藉由易接著加工(表面處理)而將 基材之表面能E設為52mN/m之由PET基材所成之基材1。 As a substrate, it is used by easy processing (surface treatment) The substrate 1 made of a PET substrate having a surface energy E of 52 mN/m.

3.表面能以及接觸角之測定 3. Determination of surface energy and contact angle

在形成網格狀之功能性圖案之前,針對藉由墨水1所形成的第1平行線圖案之形成區域內之表面能以及第2線狀液體之接觸角,藉由代用之方法來進行了測定。 Before the formation of the grid-like functional pattern, the surface energy in the formation region of the first parallel line pattern formed by the ink 1 and the contact angle of the second linear liquid are measured by a substitute method. .

(1)表面能之測定 (1) Determination of surface energy

在基材1上,將墨水1滴下20μL,並使其乾燥,而在液滴之周圍形成了由咖啡漬現象所致之環狀細線。之後,對於此環狀細線之內部的中心區域,測定水、碳酸丙烯、二碘甲烷之接觸角,並依據Young-Fowkes式,來算出了表面能。於此,水、碳酸丙烯、二碘甲烷之接觸角之測定,係使用協和界面化學公司製之接觸角測定裝置DM-501來進行(在以下所說明之接觸角的測定中,亦係使用同一裝置)。所算出的表面能之值,係為56mN/m。將此值作為第1平行線圖案之形成區域內的表面能C。 On the substrate 1, 20 μL of the ink 1 was dropped and dried, and a ring-shaped fine line due to the phenomenon of coffee stain was formed around the droplets. Thereafter, the contact angles of water, propylene carbonate, and diiodomethane were measured for the central region inside the annular thin wire, and the surface energy was calculated according to the Young-Fowkes formula. Here, the measurement of the contact angle of water, propylene carbonate, and diiodomethane was carried out using a contact angle measuring apparatus DM-501 manufactured by Kyowa Interface Chemical Co., Ltd. (in the measurement of the contact angle described below, the same is used. Device). The calculated surface energy value was 56 mN/m. This value is taken as the surface energy C in the formation region of the first parallel line pattern.

(2)第2線狀液體之接觸角之測定 (2) Determination of the contact angle of the second linear liquid

A.在第1平行線圖案之形成區域內的第2線狀液體之接觸角之測定於墨水1之接觸角係成為22°的進行有易接著加工之聚對苯二甲酸乙二酯(PET)基材上,將墨水1滴下20μL,並使其乾燥,而在液滴之周圍形成了由咖啡 漬現象所致之環狀細線。之後,對於此環狀細線之內部的中心區域,測定墨水1(與第2線狀液體相同組成)之接觸角。所測定出之接觸角,係為17°。將此值作為在第1平行線圖案之形成區域內的第2線狀液體之接觸角F。 A. Measurement of the contact angle of the second linear liquid in the formation region of the first parallel line pattern. The contact angle of the ink 1 is 22°, and the polyethylene terephthalate (PET) which is easily processed is processed. On the substrate, 20 μL of the ink 1 was dropped and dried, and a coffee was formed around the droplets. The ring-shaped thin line caused by the stain phenomenon. Thereafter, the contact angle of the ink 1 (the same composition as the second linear liquid) was measured for the central region inside the annular thin wire. The contact angle measured was 17°. This value is taken as the contact angle F of the second linear liquid in the formation region of the first parallel line pattern.

B.在第1平行線圖案之形成區域外的第2線狀液體之接觸角之測定 B. Measurement of the contact angle of the second linear liquid outside the formation region of the first parallel line pattern

在基材表面上將墨水1滴下3μL,而對於在基材表面上的第2線狀液體之接觸角作了測定。所測定出之接觸角,係為20°。將此值作為在第1平行線圖案之形成區域外的第2線狀液體之接觸角G。 The ink 1 was dropped 3 μL on the surface of the substrate, and the contact angle of the second linear liquid on the surface of the substrate was measured. The contact angle measured was 20°. This value is taken as the contact angle G of the second linear liquid outside the formation region of the first parallel line pattern.

4.圖案之形成 4. Pattern formation

<液滴吐出裝置> <droplet discharge device>

作為液滴吐出裝置,係準備了KONICA MINOLTA公司製之「KM1024iLHE-30」(標準液滴容量30pL)之噴墨頭。 An inkjet head of "KM1024iLHE-30" (standard droplet capacity: 30 pL) manufactured by KONICA MINOLTA Co., Ltd. was prepared as a droplet discharge device.

〈圖案之形成〉 <Formation of patterns>

一面使液滴吐出裝置相對於基材而作相對移動,一面從該液滴吐出裝置之複數之噴嘴來吐出墨水,並沿著相對於相對移動方向D而作了45°的傾斜之X軸方向,來形成了線狀液體。此時,相對移動方向D,係為沿著基材之寬幅方向的方向。 While the droplet discharge device is relatively moved relative to the substrate, the ink is ejected from a plurality of nozzles of the droplet discharge device, and the X-axis direction is inclined at 45° with respect to the relative movement direction D. To form a linear liquid. At this time, the relative movement direction D is a direction along the width direction of the substrate.

藉由使沿著X軸方向之線狀液體蒸發並乾燥,來在該線狀液體之緣部選擇性地堆積功能性材料,而形成了沿著X軸方向之平行線圖案。於此,係藉由對於配置在被加熱至70℃之平台上的基材進行圖案形成,來促進線狀液體之乾燥。 By linearly evaporating and drying the linear liquid along the X-axis direction, the functional material is selectively deposited on the edge of the linear liquid to form a parallel line pattern along the X-axis direction. Here, the drying of the linear liquid is promoted by patterning the substrate disposed on the stage heated to 70 °C.

接著,一面使液滴吐出裝置相對於基材而作相對移動,一面從該液滴吐出裝置之複數之噴嘴來吐出墨水,並沿著相對於相對移動方向D而作了-45°的傾斜之Y軸方向,來形成了線狀液體。於此,Y軸方向,係為與上述之X軸方向相正交之方向。 Then, while the droplet discharge device is relatively moved with respect to the substrate, ink is ejected from a plurality of nozzles of the droplet discharge device, and is inclined at -45° with respect to the relative movement direction D. In the Y-axis direction, a linear liquid is formed. Here, the Y-axis direction is a direction orthogonal to the X-axis direction described above.

藉由使沿著Y軸方向之線狀液體蒸發並乾燥,來在該線狀液體之緣部選擇性地堆積功能性材料,而形成了沿著Y軸方向之平行線圖案。於此,係藉由對於配置在被加熱至70℃之平台上的基材進行圖案形成,來促進線狀液體之乾燥。 By linearly evaporating and drying the linear liquid along the Y-axis direction, the functional material is selectively deposited on the edge of the linear liquid to form a parallel line pattern along the Y-axis direction. Here, the drying of the linear liquid is promoted by patterning the substrate disposed on the stage heated to 70 °C.

在上述圖案形成中,在賦予沿著X軸方向之線狀液體時、和賦予沿著Y軸方向之線狀液體時,係並未使相對於基材之液滴吐出裝置的相對性之配置角度作變更。亦即是,在賦予沿著X軸方向之線狀液體時、和賦予沿著Y軸方向之線狀液體時,相對於基材之液滴吐出裝置的相對移動方向D係為相同,而為沿著基材之寬幅方向的方向。 In the pattern formation described above, when the linear liquid along the X-axis direction is applied and the linear liquid along the Y-axis direction is applied, the relative arrangement of the droplet discharge device with respect to the substrate is not provided. The angle is changed. In other words, when a linear liquid along the X-axis direction is applied and a linear liquid along the Y-axis direction is applied, the relative movement direction D of the droplet discharge device with respect to the substrate is the same. Along the direction of the width direction of the substrate.

如同上述一般,而形成了使沿著X軸方向之平行線圖案和沿著Y軸方向之平行線圖案相互交叉之網格狀之圖案。 As described above, a grid-like pattern in which parallel line patterns along the X-axis direction and parallel line patterns along the Y-axis direction intersect each other is formed.

在以上之圖案形成中,在分別形成沿著X軸方向之線狀液體以及沿著Y軸方向之線狀液體時的由液滴吐出裝置所致之墨水吐出,係如同下述一般來作控制。 In the above pattern formation, the ink discharge by the droplet discharge device when forming the linear liquid along the X-axis direction and the linear liquid along the Y-axis direction is controlled as follows. .

〈墨水吐出控制〉 <Ink discharge control>

‧每一液滴之單位液滴容量Vd=30[pL] ‧ unit droplet volume per droplet V d = 30 [pL]

‧階度N=3[dpd] ‧degree N=3[dpd]

‧用以形成1個的線狀液體而從1個的噴嘴所賦予之總液滴容量V(=Vd[pL]×N[dpd])=90[pL] ‧ Total droplet capacity V (= V d [pL] × N [dpd]) = 90 [pL] given from one nozzle to form one linear liquid

‧噴嘴列解析度R=360[npi] ‧Nozzle column resolution R=360[npi]

‧積V‧R=3.24×104[pL‧npi] ‧Production V‧R=3.24×10 4 [pL‧npi]

‧線狀液體之塗布間隔=282[μm] ‧ Coating interval of linear liquid = 282 [μm]

‧總通過數 ‧ total number of passes

將形成沿著X軸方向之線狀液體時的通過數設為1次,並將形成沿著Y軸方向之線狀液體時的通過數亦設為1次 The number of passes when forming a linear liquid along the X-axis direction is once, and the number of passes when forming a linear liquid along the Y-axis direction is also set to 1 time.

如此這般,而形成了使第1平行線圖案和第2平行線圖案以直角而相互交叉之網格狀之功能性圖案。網格狀之功能性圖案全體的尺寸,係為50mm×50mm。 In this manner, a functional pattern in a grid shape in which the first parallel line pattern and the second parallel line pattern intersect each other at right angles is formed. The overall size of the grid-like functional pattern is 50 mm × 50 mm.

(實施例21) (Example 21)

1.墨水之調製 1. Modulation of ink

調製了由下述組成所成之墨水2。 The ink 2 composed of the following composition was prepared.

‧銀奈米粒子之水分散液2(銀奈米粒子:40重 量%):1.75重量% ‧ Silver nanoparticle particle dispersion 2 (silver nanoparticle: 40 weight Quantity%): 1.75 wt%

‧矽系界面活性劑(BYK公司製「BYK-348」):0.01重量% ‧矽 surfactant (BYK-348 by BYK): 0.01% by weight

‧純水:殘部 ‧Pure water: Residue

另外,銀奈米粒子之水分散液2,與在實施例20中所使用的銀奈米粒子之水分散液1,其分散劑係為相異。 Further, the aqueous dispersion 2 of the silver nanoparticles and the aqueous dispersion 1 of the silver nanoparticles used in Example 20 were different in dispersant.

2.基材之調製 2. Modulation of the substrate

作為基材,係使用基材1(表面能E=52mN/m)。 As the substrate, the substrate 1 (surface energy E = 52 mN/m) was used.

3.表面能以及接觸角之測定 3. Determination of surface energy and contact angle

將實施例20之墨水1替換為墨水2,並與實施例20相同的而進行了測定,其結果,在第1平行線圖案之形成區域內的表面能C,係為49mN/m,在第1平行線圖案之形成區域內的第2線狀液體之接觸角F,係為25°,在第1平行線圖案之形成區域外的第2線狀液體之接觸角G,係為21°。 The ink 1 of Example 20 was replaced with Ink 2, and was measured in the same manner as in Example 20. As a result, the surface energy C in the region where the first parallel line pattern was formed was 49 mN/m. The contact angle F of the second linear liquid in the region where the parallel line pattern is formed is 25°, and the contact angle G of the second linear liquid outside the region where the first parallel line pattern is formed is 21°.

4.圖案之形成 4. Pattern formation

除了將墨水1替換為墨水2以外,與實施例20相同的,而形成了網格狀之功能性圖案。 A functional pattern in the form of a grid was formed in the same manner as in Example 20 except that the ink 1 was replaced with the ink 2.

(實施例22) (Example 22)

1.墨水之調製 1. Modulation of ink

作為墨水,係使用墨水1。 As the ink, ink 1 is used.

2.基材之調製 2. Modulation of the substrate

作為基材,係使用藉由易接著加工(表面處理)而將基材之表面能設為48mN/m之由PET基材所成之基材2。 As the substrate, a substrate 2 made of a PET substrate having a surface energy of 48 mN/m by easy processing (surface treatment) was used.

3.表面能以及接觸角之測定 3. Determination of surface energy and contact angle

將實施例20之基材1替換為基材2,並與實施例20相同的而進行了測定,其結果,在第1平行線圖案之形成區域內的表面能C,係為56mN/m,在第1平行線圖案之形成區域內的第2線狀液體之接觸角F,係為17°,在第1平行線圖案之形成區域外的第2線狀液體之接觸角G,係為28°。 The substrate 1 of Example 20 was replaced with the substrate 2, and was measured in the same manner as in Example 20. As a result, the surface energy C in the region where the first parallel line pattern was formed was 56 mN/m. The contact angle F of the second linear liquid in the region where the first parallel line pattern is formed is 17°, and the contact angle G of the second linear liquid outside the region where the first parallel line pattern is formed is 28 °.

4.圖案之形成 4. Pattern formation

在實施例20中,將形成有第1平行線圖案之基材放置在120℃之熱板上,而進行了1小時的由加熱所致之洗淨。 In Example 20, the substrate on which the first parallel line pattern was formed was placed on a hot plate at 120 ° C, and the heating was performed by heating for 1 hour.

在進行了由加熱所致之洗淨後,與實施例20相同的,塗布第2線狀液體,並使其乾燥,而形成了第2平行線圖案。 After the cleaning by heating, the second linear liquid was applied and dried in the same manner as in Example 20 to form a second parallel line pattern.

如此這般,而形成了使第1平行線圖案和第2平行線圖案以直角而相互交叉之網格狀之功能性圖案。網 格狀之功能性圖案全體的尺寸,係為50mm×50mm。 In this manner, a functional pattern in a grid shape in which the first parallel line pattern and the second parallel line pattern intersect each other at right angles is formed. network The size of the grid-shaped functional pattern is 50 mm × 50 mm.

(實施例23) (Example 23)

在實施例22中,將由加熱所致之洗淨替換為下述由電磁波所致之洗淨,除此以外,係與實施例22相同的,而形成了網格狀之圖案。 In the same manner as in Example 22 except that the cleaning by heating was replaced with the following washing by electromagnetic waves, a grid-like pattern was formed.

〈由電磁波所致之洗淨〉 <washing by electromagnetic waves>

作為由電磁波所致之洗淨,係進行了由氙閃光燈所致之洗淨。 As a cleaning by electromagnetic waves, cleaning by a flash lamp is performed.

使用Xenon公司製氙閃光燈裝置「SINTERON 2000」,而以脈衝寬幅500μ秒、施加電壓3.8kV來將氙閃光作1次的照射,而將包含第1平行線圖案之形成區域內的區域作了洗淨。 The xenon flash system "SINTERON 2000" was used, and the xenon flash was irradiated once with a pulse width of 500 μsec and an applied voltage of 3.8 kV, and the area in the formation region including the first parallel line pattern was made. Wash.

(實施例24) (Example 24)

在實施例22中,將由加熱所致之洗淨替換為下述由溶劑所致之洗淨,除此以外,係與實施例22相同的,而形成了網格狀之圖案。 In the same manner as in Example 22 except that the washing by heating was replaced with the following washing with a solvent, a grid-like pattern was formed.

〈由溶劑所致之洗淨〉 <washing by solvent>

藉由在2-丙醇中浸漬10分鐘,而將包含第1平行線圖案之形成區域內的區域作了洗淨。 The area in the formation region including the first parallel line pattern was washed by immersion in 2-propanol for 10 minutes.

(實施例25) (Embodiment 25)

1.墨水之調製 1. Modulation of ink

作為墨水,係使用墨水1。 As the ink, ink 1 is used.

2.基材之調製 2. Modulation of the substrate

作為基材,係使用基材2(表面能E=48mN/m)。 As the substrate, a substrate 2 (surface energy E = 48 mN/m) was used.

3.表面能以及接觸角之測定 3. Determination of surface energy and contact angle

將實施例20之基材1替換為基材2,並與實施例20相同的而進行了測定,其結果,在第1平行線圖案之形成區域內的表面能C,係為56mN/m,在第1平行線圖案之形成區域內的第2線狀液體之接觸角F,係為17°,在第1平行線圖案之形成區域外的第2線狀液體之接觸角G,係為28°。 The substrate 1 of Example 20 was replaced with the substrate 2, and was measured in the same manner as in Example 20. As a result, the surface energy C in the region where the first parallel line pattern was formed was 56 mN/m. The contact angle F of the second linear liquid in the region where the first parallel line pattern is formed is 17°, and the contact angle G of the second linear liquid outside the region where the first parallel line pattern is formed is 28 °.

4.圖案之形成 4. Pattern formation

在實施例20中,在墨水之塗布時,係將在第1平行線圖案之形成區域內的第2線狀液體之每單位長度的液體賦予量,調整為在第1平行線圖案之形成區域外的液體賦予量之70%,而作了塗布,除此之外,係與實施例20同樣的而進行。 In the application of the ink, the liquid application amount per unit length of the second linear liquid in the formation region of the first parallel line pattern is adjusted to the formation region of the first parallel line pattern. The same procedure as in Example 20 was carried out, except that the amount of the liquid to be applied was 70%.

如此這般,而形成了使第1平行線圖案和第2平行線圖案以直角而相互交叉之網格狀之功能性圖案。網格狀之功能性圖案全體的尺寸,係為50mm×50mm。 In this manner, a functional pattern in a grid shape in which the first parallel line pattern and the second parallel line pattern intersect each other at right angles is formed. The overall size of the grid-like functional pattern is 50 mm × 50 mm.

(實施例26) (Example 26)

1.墨水之調製 1. Modulation of ink

作為墨水,係使用墨水1。 As the ink, ink 1 is used.

2.基材之調製 2. Modulation of the substrate

作為基材,係使用藉由易接著加工(表面處理)而將基材之表面能E設為56mN/m之由PET基材所成之基材3。 As the substrate, a substrate 3 made of a PET substrate having a surface energy E of 56 mN/m by easy post-processing (surface treatment) was used.

3.表面能以及接觸角之測定 3. Determination of surface energy and contact angle

首先,將銀奈米粒子之水分散液1(銀奈米粒子:40重量%),藉由線錠(wire bar)# 7來塗布在基材3上,並使其乾燥,而製作了功能性材料(銀奈米粒子)之平塗面。在對於此平塗面之表面能作了測定後,其結果,係為61mN/m。將此值,作為將與第1線狀液體相同組成的液體作塗布並使其乾燥後所成的平塗面之表面能D。 First, an aqueous dispersion 1 of silver nanoparticles (silver nanoparticles: 40% by weight) was applied onto a substrate 3 by wire bar #7, and dried to produce a function. The flat surface of the material (silver nanoparticle). After measuring the surface energy of the flat surface, the result was 61 mN/m. This value is used as a surface energy D of a flat coating surface which is obtained by applying and drying a liquid having the same composition as that of the first linear liquid.

又,將實施例20之基材1替換為基材3,並與實施例20相同的而進行了測定,其結果,在第1平行線圖案之形成區域內的表面能C,係為56mN/m,在第1平行線圖案之形成區域內的第2線狀液體之接觸角F,係為15°,在第1平行線圖案之形成區域外的第2線狀液體之接觸角G,係為19°。 Further, the substrate 1 of Example 20 was replaced with the substrate 3, and was measured in the same manner as in Example 20. As a result, the surface energy C in the region where the first parallel line pattern was formed was 56 mN/ m, the contact angle F of the second linear liquid in the region where the first parallel line pattern is formed is 15°, and the contact angle G of the second linear liquid outside the region where the first parallel line pattern is formed is It is 19°.

4.圖案之形成 4. Pattern formation

在實施例20中,將基材1替換為基材3,除此之外,係與實施例20相同的,而形成了網格狀之功能性圖案。 In the same manner as in Example 20 except that the substrate 1 was replaced with the substrate 3, a functional pattern in a grid shape was formed.

(實施例27) (Example 27)

1.墨水之調製 1. Modulation of ink

調製了由下述組成所成之墨水4。 The ink 4 composed of the following composition was prepared.

‧銀奈米粒子之水分散液1(銀奈米粒子:40重量%):1.75重量% ‧ Silver nanoparticle aqueous dispersion 1 (silver nanoparticle: 40% by weight): 1.75 wt%

‧二乙二醇一丁基醚:20重量% ‧ Diethylene glycol monobutyl ether: 20% by weight

‧純水:殘部 ‧Pure water: Residue

2.基材之調製 2. Modulation of the substrate

作為基材,係使用基材1(表面能E=52mN/m)。 As the substrate, the substrate 1 (surface energy E = 52 mN/m) was used.

3.接觸角之測定 3. Determination of contact angle

使用協和界面化學公司製之接觸角測定裝置「DM-501」,而對於在第1平行線圖案之形成區域外的二乙二醇一丁基醚(沸點231℃)之接觸角作了測定,其結果,接觸角H係為5°。另外,係採用在將二乙二醇一丁基醚滴下後而經過5秒鐘後之值。 The contact angle measuring device "DM-501" manufactured by Kyowa Interface Chemical Co., Ltd. was used, and the contact angle of diethylene glycol monobutyl ether (boiling point 231 ° C) outside the formation region of the first parallel line pattern was measured. As a result, the contact angle H was 5°. Further, the value after 5 seconds elapsed after dropping diethylene glycol monobutyl ether was employed.

4.圖案之形成 4. Pattern formation

在實施例20中,將墨水1替換為墨水4,除此之外,係與實施例20相同的,而形成了網格狀之功能性圖案。 In the same manner as in Example 20 except that the ink 1 was replaced with the ink 4, a functional pattern in a grid shape was formed.

(實施例28) (Embodiment 28)

1.墨水之調製 1. Modulation of ink

作為墨水,係使用墨水1。 As the ink, ink 1 is used.

2.基材之調製 2. Modulation of the substrate

作為基材,係使用基材2(表面能E=48mN/m)。 As the substrate, a substrate 2 (surface energy E = 48 mN/m) was used.

3.表面能以及接觸角之測定 3. Determination of surface energy and contact angle

將實施例20之基材1替換為基材2,並與實施例20相同的而進行了測定,其結果,在第1平行線圖案之形成區域內的表面能C,係為56mN/m,在第1平行線圖案之形成區域內的第2線狀液體之接觸角F,係為17°,在第1平行線圖案之形成區域外的第2線狀液體之接觸角G,係為28°。 The substrate 1 of Example 20 was replaced with the substrate 2, and was measured in the same manner as in Example 20. As a result, the surface energy C in the region where the first parallel line pattern was formed was 56 mN/m. The contact angle F of the second linear liquid in the region where the first parallel line pattern is formed is 17°, and the contact angle G of the second linear liquid outside the region where the first parallel line pattern is formed is 28 °.

4.圖案之形成 4. Pattern formation

在實施例20中,將基材1替換為基材2,除此之外,係與實施例20相同的,而形成了網格狀之功能性圖案。 In the same manner as in Example 20 except that the substrate 1 was replaced with the substrate 2, a functional pattern in a grid shape was formed.

(比較例2) (Comparative Example 2)

1.墨水之調製 1. Modulation of ink

調製了由下述組成所成之墨水3。 The ink 3 composed of the following composition was prepared.

‧銀奈米粒子之水分散液3(銀奈米粒子:40重量%):1.75重量% ‧ Silver nanoparticle particle dispersion 3 (silver nanoparticle: 40% by weight): 1.75 wt%

‧矽系界面活性劑(BYK公司製「BYK-348」):0.01重量% ‧矽 surfactant (BYK-348 by BYK): 0.01% by weight

‧純水:殘部 ‧Pure water: Residue

另外,銀奈米粒子之水分散液3,與銀奈米粒子之水分散液1以及2,其分散劑係為相異。 Further, the aqueous dispersion 3 of the silver nanoparticles and the aqueous dispersions 1 and 2 of the silver nanoparticles are different in dispersant.

2.基材之調製 2. Modulation of the substrate

作為基材,係使用基材2(表面能E=48mN/m)。 As the substrate, a substrate 2 (surface energy E = 48 mN/m) was used.

3.表面能以及接觸角之測定 3. Determination of surface energy and contact angle

將實施例20之墨水1替換為墨水3,並進而將基材1替換為基材2,而與實施例20相同的而進行了測定,其結果,在第1平行線圖案之形成區域內的表面能C,係為61mN/m,在第1平行線圖案之形成區域內的第2線狀液體之接觸角F,係為12°,在第1平行線圖案之形成區域外的第2線狀液體之接觸角G,係為29°。 The ink 1 of Example 20 was replaced with the ink 3, and the substrate 1 was further replaced with the substrate 2, and the measurement was carried out in the same manner as in Example 20, and as a result, in the formation region of the first parallel line pattern. The surface energy C is 61 mN/m, and the contact angle F of the second linear liquid in the region where the first parallel line pattern is formed is 12°, and the second line outside the formation region of the first parallel line pattern The contact angle G of the liquid is 29°.

4.圖案之形成 4. Pattern formation

在實施例20中,將墨水1替換為墨水3,並進而將 基材1替換為基材2,除此之外,係與實施例20相同的,而形成了網格狀之功能性圖案。 In Embodiment 20, the ink 1 is replaced with the ink 3, and further A substrate-like functional pattern was formed in the same manner as in Example 20 except that the substrate 1 was replaced with the substrate 2.

(實施例29) (Example 29)

1.墨水之調製 1. Modulation of ink

作為墨水,係使用墨水4。 As the ink, the ink 4 is used.

2.基材之調製 2. Modulation of the substrate

作為基材,係使用基材2(表面能E=48mN/m)。 As the substrate, a substrate 2 (surface energy E = 48 mN/m) was used.

3.接觸角之測定 3. Determination of contact angle

使用協和界面化學公司製之接觸角測定裝置「DM-501」,而對於在第1平行線圖案之形成區域外的二乙二醇一丁基醚(沸點231℃)之接觸角作了測定,其結果,接觸角H係為8°。另外,係採用在將二乙二醇一丁基醚滴下後而經過5秒鐘後之值。 The contact angle measuring device "DM-501" manufactured by Kyowa Interface Chemical Co., Ltd. was used, and the contact angle of diethylene glycol monobutyl ether (boiling point 231 ° C) outside the formation region of the first parallel line pattern was measured. As a result, the contact angle H was 8°. Further, the value after 5 seconds elapsed after dropping diethylene glycol monobutyl ether was employed.

4.圖案之形成 4. Pattern formation

在實施例27中,將基材1替換為基材2,除此之外,係與實施例27相同的,而形成了網格狀之功能性圖案。 In the same manner as in Example 27 except that the substrate 1 was replaced with the substrate 2 in the same manner as in Example 27, a grid-like functional pattern was formed.

〈平均間隔A以及平均間隔B之測定〉 <Measurement of average interval A and average interval B>

在藉由實施例20~30所得到的網格狀之功能性圖案 中,針對構成第2平行線圖案之2根的線段間之間隔,而將在第1平行線圖案之形成區域內的平均間隔A,設為在圖6中所說明的總計7個場所之測定場所A1~A7處所作了測定的間隔之平均值,而求取出來。又,針對構成第2平行線圖案之2根的線段間之間隔,而將在第1平行線圖案之形成區域外的平均間隔B,設為在圖6中所說明的總計5個場所之測定場所B1~B5處所作了測定的間隔之平均值,而求取出來。進而,根據此些之平均間隔A以及平均間隔B之值,而求取出上述之式(1)中的B/A之值。 In the mesh-like functional pattern obtained in Examples 20 to 30, the average of the intervals between the line segments constituting the second parallel line pattern in the formation region of the first parallel line pattern The interval A is obtained by taking the average value of the intervals measured at the measurement sites A 1 to A 7 of the total of seven locations described in FIG. 6 . Further, the average interval B outside the formation region of the first parallel line pattern is determined as the interval between the line segments constituting the two parallel line patterns, and is measured in a total of five places described in FIG. The average of the measured intervals at the places B 1 to B 5 was taken out. Further, based on the values of the average interval A and the average interval B, the value of B/A in the above formula (1) is obtained.

藉由求取出此B/A之值,係能夠判定其是否滿足上述之式(1)。亦即是,也可以說,係能夠判定是否達成了用以滿足上述之式(1)的調整。 By taking out the value of this B/A, it is possible to determine whether or not the above formula (1) is satisfied. In other words, it can be said that it is possible to determine whether or not the adjustment to satisfy the above formula (1) is achieved.

〈評價方法〉 <Evaluation method>

‧低視覺辨認性之評價方法 ‧ low visual recognition evaluation method

對於藉由實施例20~30所得到的網格狀之功能性圖案進行目視,並依據下述之評價基準來作了評價。 The grid-like functional patterns obtained in Examples 20 to 30 were visually observed and evaluated based on the following evaluation criteria.

[評價基準] [evaluation benchmark]

A:係無法以視覺而辨識出像是週期性圖案一般之物,而涵蓋全體視覺上均為均勻 A: It is impossible to visually recognize things like periodic patterns, but cover all visually uniform.

B:係能夠以視覺而辨識出像是週期性圖案一般之物 B: It is possible to visually recognize something like a periodic pattern.

‧電阻值之方向不均的評價方法 ‧ Evaluation method for uneven direction of resistance value

對於藉由實施例20~30所得到的網格狀之功能性圖案,而藉由以下之方法來對於電阻值之方向不均作了評價。 With respect to the grid-like functional patterns obtained in Examples 20 to 30, the direction unevenness of the resistance values was evaluated by the following method.

切出與第1平行線圖案之方向(第1方向)相平行的長度50mm寬幅10mm之短籤,並在長邊之兩端(亦即是短邊)處設置由銀糊所成之測定用電極,而藉由測試機來對於短籤之端子間的電阻作了測定。同樣的,切出與第2平行線圖案之方向(第2方向)相平行的長度50mm寬幅10mm之短籤,並亦藉由測試機來對於端子間電阻作了測定,而對於第1方向和第2方向上的電阻之比例作了評價。電阻之比例,具體而言,係為將「第2方向上之電阻」與「第1方向上之電阻」間之差的絕對值,除以「第1方向上之電阻」之值,並以百分比來作了展示者。 Cutting a short length of 50 mm and a width of 10 mm parallel to the direction of the first parallel line pattern (first direction), and setting the measurement by silver paste at both ends of the long side (that is, the short side) The resistance between the terminals of the short-pick was measured by an electric machine using an electrode. Similarly, a short length of 50 mm and a width of 10 mm parallel to the direction of the second parallel line pattern (the second direction) is cut out, and the resistance between the terminals is also measured by the tester, and for the first direction. The ratio of the resistance in the second direction was evaluated. Specifically, the ratio of the resistance is the absolute value of the difference between the "resistance in the second direction" and the "resistance in the first direction" divided by the value of the "resistance in the first direction", and The percentage is shown as a presenter.

作為某一基準,可以評價為:若是電阻之比例為10%以下,則在實用性上而言係為理想,若是電阻之比例超過10%,則在實用性上係並不理想。 As a certain criterion, it can be evaluated that if the ratio of the electric resistance is 10% or less, it is practically preferable, and if the ratio of the electric resistance exceeds 10%, it is not preferable in practical use.

將以上之結果展示於表7。 The above results are shown in Table 7.

〈評價〉 <Evaluation>

根據表7,可以得知,在以會使平均間隔A以及平均間隔B滿足式(1)之「0.9≦B/A≦1.1」的方式來進行了調整的實施例20~27中,係在低視覺辨認性上為優良,並且亦能夠防止電阻值之方向不均。另一方面,在並未進行此種調整的實施例28~30中,係在低視覺辨認性上為差,並且亦無法充分地防止電阻值之方向不均。 According to Table 7, it can be seen that in Examples 20 to 27 in which the average interval A and the average interval B satisfy "0.9≦B/A≦1.1" of the formula (1), It is excellent in low visibility and also prevents uneven orientation of resistance values. On the other hand, in Examples 28 to 30 in which such adjustment was not performed, the difference in visibility was poor, and the direction unevenness of the resistance value was not sufficiently prevented.

進而,針對實施例22之網格狀的功能性圖案和實施例29之網格狀的功能性圖案,而分別在圖25(b)以及圖25(a)中將光學顯微鏡照片作了展示。在各照片中,從左上朝向右下之方向,係為第1方向(第1平行線圖案之方向),從左下朝向右上之方向,係為第2方向(第2平行線圖案之方向)。根據此些之照片的對比,亦可得知,若依據本發明,則在低視覺辨認性上係為優良。進而,在第1方向上和第2方向上也並未發現到導電路徑的長度之差,而可得知係能夠防止電阻值之方向不均。 Further, with respect to the grid-like functional pattern of Example 22 and the grid-like functional pattern of Example 29, optical micrographs are shown in Figs. 25(b) and 25(a), respectively. In each of the photographs, the direction from the upper left to the lower right is the first direction (the direction of the first parallel line pattern), and the direction from the lower left to the upper right is the second direction (the direction of the second parallel line pattern). From the comparison of the photographs of these, it is also known that, according to the present invention, it is excellent in low visibility. Further, in the first direction and in the second direction, the difference in length of the conductive path was not observed, and it was found that the direction of the resistance value was prevented from being uneven.

根據以上之結果,係能夠確認到將平均間隔A以及平均間隔B以會滿足式(1)「0.9≦B/A≦1.1」的方式來進行調整一事的有效性。 According to the above results, it is possible to confirm the validity of the average interval A and the average interval B to be adjusted so as to satisfy the equation (1) "0.9≦B/A≦1.1".

在實施例20、21中,係藉由「將第1平行線圖案之形成區域內的表面能C和第1平行線圖案之形成區域外的表面能E之間之差(|C-E|)設為5mN/m以下」之調整,或者是藉由「將在第1平行線圖案之形成區域內 的第2線狀液體之接觸角F和在第1平行線圖案之形成區域外的第2線狀液體之接觸角G之間之差,設為10°以下」之調整,來成為使平均間隔A以及平均間隔B會滿足式(1)「0.9≦B/A≦1.1」。於此,作為其中一例,係針對藉由基材之表面處理或墨水組成之設定來對於表面能或接觸角作調整的例子作了展示。 In the examples 20 and 21, the difference (|CE|) between the surface energy C in the formation region of the first parallel line pattern and the surface energy E outside the formation region of the first parallel line pattern is set. The adjustment is 5mN/m or less, or by "will be in the formation area of the first parallel line pattern" The difference between the contact angle F between the second linear liquid and the contact angle G of the second linear liquid outside the region where the first parallel line pattern is formed is 10° or less, and the average interval is A and the average interval B satisfy the formula (1) "0.9≦B/A≦1.1". Here, as an example, an example in which the surface energy or the contact angle is adjusted by the surface treatment of the substrate or the ink composition is shown.

在實施例22~24中,係藉由「在形成了第1平行線圖案之後,於賦予第2線狀液體之前,將包含第1平行線圖案之形成區域內的區域作洗淨」之調整,來成為使平均間隔A以及平均間隔B會滿足式(1)「0.9≦B/A≦1.1」。在實施例22中,係使用由加熱所致之洗淨,在實施例23中,係使用由電磁波所致之洗淨,在實施例24中,係使用由溶劑所致之洗淨。 In the examples 22 to 24, the adjustment of the region including the formation region of the first parallel line pattern before the second linear liquid is applied is performed after the formation of the first parallel line pattern. In order to make the average interval A and the average interval B satisfy the formula (1) "0.9≦B/A≦1.1". In Example 22, washing by heating was used, and in Example 23, washing by electromagnetic waves was used, and in Example 24, washing by solvent was used.

在實施例25中,係藉由「將在第1平行線圖案之形成區域內的第2線狀液體之每單位長度的液體賦予量,和在第1平行線圖案之形成區域外的第2線狀液體之每單位長度的液體賦予量,設為互為相異」之調整,來成為使平均間隔A以及平均間隔B會滿足式(1)「0.9≦B/A≦1.1」。 In the twenty-fifth embodiment, the amount of the liquid per unit length of the second linear liquid in the formation region of the first parallel line pattern and the second portion outside the formation region of the first parallel line pattern are used. The liquid supply amount per unit length of the linear liquid is adjusted to be different from each other, so that the average interval A and the average interval B satisfy the formula (1) "0.9 ≦ B / A ≦ 1.1".

在實施例26中,係藉由「將第1平行線圖案之形成區域內的表面能C和第1平行線圖案之形成區域外的表面能E之間之差(|C-E|)設為5mN/m以下」之調整、藉由「將在第1平行線圖案之形成區域內的第2線狀液體之接觸角F和在第1平行線圖案之形成區域外的第2 線狀液體之接觸角G之間之差,設為10°以下」之調整、或者是「將藉由塗布與第1線狀液體相同組成之液體並使其乾燥所成的平塗面之表面能D和第1平行線圖案之形成區域外之表面能E之間之差(|D-E|)設為5mN/m以下」之調整,來成為使平均間隔A以及平均間隔B會滿足式(1)「0.9≦B/A≦1.1」。 In the twenty-sixth embodiment, the difference (|CE|) between the surface energy C in the formation region of the first parallel line pattern and the surface energy E outside the formation region of the first parallel line pattern is set to 5 mN. /m or less" is adjusted by "the contact angle F of the second linear liquid in the region where the first parallel line pattern is formed and the second outside the formation region of the first parallel line pattern" The difference between the contact angles G of the linear liquids is set to 10° or less, or the surface of the flat coated surface formed by applying a liquid having the same composition as that of the first linear liquid and drying it. The difference between the energy D and the surface energy E outside the formation region of the first parallel line pattern (|DE|) is adjusted to be 5 mN/m or less, so that the average interval A and the average interval B satisfy the formula (1). ) "0.9≦B/A≦1.1".

在實施例27中,係藉由「將在第1平行線圖案之形成區域外的第2線狀液體中之溶劑中的沸點為最高之溶劑的接觸角,設為6°以下」之調整,來成為使平均間隔A以及平均間隔B會滿足式(1)「0.9≦B/A≦1.1」。 In the embodiment 27, the contact angle of the solvent having the highest boiling point in the solvent in the second linear liquid outside the formation region of the first parallel line pattern is adjusted to be 6 or less. Therefore, the average interval A and the average interval B satisfy the equation (1) "0.9≦B/A≦1.1".

1‧‧‧基材 1‧‧‧Substrate

2‧‧‧第1線狀液體 2‧‧‧1st linear liquid

2’‧‧‧其他的線狀液體 2'‧‧‧Other linear liquids

2a~2f、2a’~2f’‧‧‧液滴之命中位置 2a~2f, 2a’~2f’‧‧‧ hit position

7‧‧‧液滴吐出裝置 7‧‧‧Drop ejection device

71‧‧‧噴墨頭 71‧‧‧Inkjet head

72a~72f‧‧‧噴嘴 72a~72f‧‧‧Nozzles

D‧‧‧相對於基材之液滴吐出裝置的相對移動方向 D‧‧‧ Relative movement direction of the droplet discharge device relative to the substrate

Claims (27)

一種圖案形成方法,其特徵為:在一面使液滴吐出裝置相對於基材而作相對移動一面從該液滴吐出裝置之複數之噴嘴來在前述基材上吐出由包含有功能性材料之液體所成之液滴時,於基材上而成為合併為一之對象的相互鄰接之至少1組之液滴,係不論是在相對移動之方向以及與該相對移動方向相正交的方向之何者上均空出有間隔地來作配置,並以使此些之液滴合併為一的方式,來對於該液滴之液滴容量以及前述間隔之其中一方或雙方作調整,藉由使將前述液滴合併為一所形成之線狀液體乾燥,來在該線狀液體之緣部處堆積前述功能性材料並形成包含該功能性材料之圖案。 A pattern forming method for discharging a liquid containing a functional material from the substrate by a plurality of nozzles of the droplet discharge device while relatively moving the droplet discharge device relative to the substrate In the case of the formed droplets, at least one set of droplets adjacent to each other which are merged into one object on the substrate, which is in the direction of relative movement and the direction orthogonal to the relative movement direction The upper space is spaced apart for arrangement, and the droplets of the droplets and one or both of the intervals are adjusted in such a manner that the droplets are combined into one. The droplets are combined and dried into a formed linear liquid to deposit the aforementioned functional material at the edge of the linear liquid and form a pattern containing the functional material. 如申請專利範圍第1項所記載之圖案形成方法,其中,於前述線狀液體之形成中,係將對相對於前述液滴吐出裝置之噴嘴列而被平行地作配置的像素組從複數之噴嘴所賦予之液滴組,於與噴嘴列相交叉之方向上作複數組之賦予,並使複數組之前述液滴組合併為一,而形成朝與噴嘴列相交叉之方向而延伸的前述線狀液體。 The pattern forming method according to the first aspect of the invention, wherein in the formation of the linear liquid, a plurality of pixel groups arranged in parallel with respect to a nozzle row of the droplet discharge device are plural. The droplet group given by the nozzle is provided as a complex array in a direction intersecting the nozzle row, and the droplets of the complex array are combined to form one, and the foregoing is formed to extend in a direction crossing the nozzle row. Linear liquid. 如申請專利範圍第1項或第2項所記載之圖案形成方法,其中,係以將使前述液滴合併為一所形成的前述線狀液體之緣部之直線性提高的方式,來對於前述液滴容量以及前述間隔之其中一方或雙方作調整。 The pattern forming method according to the first or second aspect of the invention, wherein the linearity of the edge portion of the linear liquid formed by combining the droplets is improved One or both of the droplet capacity and the aforementioned interval are adjusted. 如申請專利範圍第1項或第2項所記載之圖案形 成方法,其中,係將用以形成1個的前述線狀液體而從1個的前述噴嘴所吐出之總液滴容量V[pL]、和在與前述複數之噴嘴之前述相對移動方向相正交的方向上之噴嘴列解析度R[npi],此兩者之積V‧R[pL‧npi],調整為4.32×104[pL‧npi]以上5.18×105[pL‧npi]以下之範圍。 The pattern forming method according to the first or second aspect of the invention, wherein the total liquid droplet volume V[pL] discharged from the one nozzle is used to form one of the linear liquids. And the nozzle column resolution R[npi] in a direction orthogonal to the aforementioned relative moving direction of the plurality of nozzles, and the product V‧R[pL‧npi] of the two is adjusted to 4.32×10 4 [ pL‧npi] The range below 5.18 × 10 5 [pL‧npi]. 如申請專利範圍第1項或第2項所記載之圖案形成方法,其中,係藉由階度之調整來調整前述液滴容量。 The pattern forming method according to the first or second aspect of the invention, wherein the droplet volume is adjusted by adjusting the gradation. 如申請專利範圍第1項或第2項所記載之圖案形成方法,其中,從前述液滴吐出裝置所吐出之前述液滴的在前述基材上之接觸角,係為10[°]以上30[°]以下之範圍。 The pattern forming method according to the first or second aspect of the invention, wherein the contact angle of the liquid droplets discharged from the liquid droplet discharging device on the substrate is 10 [°] or more and 30 [°] The range below. 如申請專利範圍第1項或第2項所記載之圖案形成方法,其中,係藉由前述相對移動所致之一次的通過來形成1個或複數之前述線狀液體。 The pattern forming method according to the first or second aspect of the invention, wherein the one or more of the linear liquids are formed by one pass of the relative movement. 如申請專利範圍第1項或第2項所記載之圖案形成方法,其中,在藉由前述相對移動所致之一次的通過來形成相互平行之複數之前述線狀液體時,係藉由對於該線狀液體之賦予間隔作調整,來抑制當使相鄰之前述線狀液體乾燥時的相互干涉。 The pattern forming method according to the first or second aspect of the invention, wherein the linear liquid which is parallel to each other is formed by one pass of the relative movement, The interval of the linear liquid is adjusted to suppress mutual interference when the adjacent linear liquid is dried. 如申請專利範圍第1項或第2項所記載之圖案形成方法,其中,在藉由前述相對移動所致之一次的通過來形成相互平行之複數之前述線狀液體時,係將該線狀液體之賦予間隔之調整,藉由對於從各個前述噴嘴而吐出前述液滴之時間間隔、以及前述液滴吐出裝置之相對於基材的 相對移動速度,此些之其中一方或雙方作調整,來進行之。 The pattern forming method according to the first or second aspect of the invention, wherein the linear liquid is formed in a plurality of parallel liquids which are parallel to each other by the relative movement. Adjusting the interval of the liquid, by the time interval for discharging the droplets from each of the nozzles, and the relative position of the droplet discharge device relative to the substrate The relative movement speed, one or both of these adjustments are made. 如申請專利範圍第1項或第2項所記載之圖案形成方法,其中,在藉由前述相對移動所致之一次的通過來形成相互平行之複數之前述線狀液體時,係將該線狀液體之賦予間隔,調整為400[μm]以上。 The pattern forming method according to the first or second aspect of the invention, wherein the linear liquid is formed in a plurality of parallel liquids which are parallel to each other by the relative movement. The interval between the liquids is adjusted to 400 [μm] or more. 如申請專利範圍第1項或第2項所記載之圖案形成方法,其中,係以對前述液滴之合併為一作促進的方式,而將用以形成1個的前述線狀液體而從相互鄰接之前述噴嘴所各別吐出之包含前述功能性材料之液體的最大吐出時間差Δtmax,調整為200[ms]以下。 The pattern forming method according to the first or second aspect of the invention, wherein the one of the linear liquids is formed to be adjacent to each other in a manner of promoting the combination of the liquid droplets. The maximum discharge time difference Δt max of the liquid containing the functional material discharged from each of the nozzles is adjusted to 200 [ms] or less. 如申請專利範圍第1項或第2項所記載之圖案形成方法,其中,係在前述基材上賦予第1之前述線狀液體,並在使該第1線狀液體乾燥的過程中使該功能性材料選擇性地堆積於緣部,而形成藉由包含有該功能性材料之2根的線段所構成之第1平行線圖案,接著,在前述基材上,以與前述第1平行線圖案之形成區域相交叉的方式而賦予第2之前述線狀液體,並在使該第2線狀液體乾燥的過程中使該功能性材料選擇性地堆積於緣部,而形成藉由包含有該功能性材料之2根的線段所構成之第2平行線圖案,藉由此,來形成使前述第1平行線圖案與前述第2平行線圖案在至少1個的交點處而相交之圖案。 The pattern forming method according to the first or second aspect of the invention, wherein the first linear liquid is applied to the substrate, and the first linear liquid is dried. The functional material is selectively deposited on the edge portion to form a first parallel line pattern composed of two line segments including the functional material, and then on the substrate, with the first parallel line The second linear liquid is applied to the pattern forming region so as to intersect with each other, and the functional material is selectively deposited on the edge portion during drying of the second linear liquid. The second parallel line pattern formed by the two line segments of the functional material forms a pattern in which the first parallel line pattern and the second parallel line pattern intersect at at least one intersection. 如申請專利範圍第12項所記載之圖案形成方法,其中,針對構成前述第2平行線圖案之前述2根的線段間之間隔,係以在前述第1平行線圖案之形成區域內的平均間隔A和在前述第1平行線圖案之形成區域外的平均間隔B會滿足下述式(1)的方式,來進行調整:0.9≦B/A≦1.1…式(1)。 The pattern forming method according to claim 12, wherein the interval between the two line segments constituting the second parallel line pattern is an average interval in a region where the first parallel line pattern is formed. A and the average interval B outside the formation region of the first parallel line pattern satisfy the following formula (1), and are adjusted: 0.9 ≦ B / A ≦ 1.1 (1). 如申請專利範圍第13項所記載之圖案形成方法,其中,作為用以滿足前述式(1)之調整,係將前述第1平行線圖案之形成區域內的表面能和前述第1平行線圖案之形成區域外的表面能之間之差,設為5mN/m以下。 The pattern forming method according to claim 13, wherein the surface energy in the formation region of the first parallel line pattern and the first parallel line pattern are adjusted to satisfy the above formula (1). The difference between the surface energies outside the formation region is set to 5 mN/m or less. 如申請專利範圍第13項所記載之圖案形成方法,其中,作為用以滿足前述式(1)之調整,係將塗布前述第1線狀液體中所包含的功能性材料並使其乾燥之平塗面的表面能和前述第1平行線圖案之形成區域外的表面能之間之差,設為5mN/m以下。 The pattern forming method according to claim 13, wherein the functional material contained in the first linear liquid is applied and dried to satisfy the adjustment of the above formula (1). The difference between the surface energy of the coated surface and the surface energy outside the region where the first parallel line pattern is formed is 5 mN/m or less. 如申請專利範圍第13項所記載之圖案形成方法,其中,作為用以滿足前述式(1)之調整,係將在前述第1平行線圖案之形成區域內的前述第2線狀液體之接觸角和在前述第1平行線圖案之形成區域外的前述第2線狀液體之接觸角之間之差,設為10°以下。 The pattern forming method according to claim 13, wherein the adjustment of the formula (1) is performed by contacting the second linear liquid in the formation region of the first parallel line pattern. The difference between the angle and the contact angle of the second linear liquid outside the formation region of the first parallel line pattern is 10 or less. 如申請專利範圍第13項所記載之圖案形成方法,其中,作為用以滿足前述式(1)之調整,係將在塗布前述第1線狀液體中所包含的功能性材料並使其乾燥之 平塗面處的前述第2線狀液體之接觸角和在前述第1平行線圖案之形成區域外的前述第2線狀液體之接觸角之間之差,設為10°以下。 The pattern forming method according to claim 13, wherein the functional material contained in the first linear liquid is applied and dried to satisfy the adjustment of the above formula (1). The difference between the contact angle of the second linear liquid at the flat coating surface and the contact angle of the second linear liquid outside the formation region of the first parallel line pattern is 10 or less. 如申請專利範圍第13項所記載之圖案之形成方法,其中,作為用以滿足前述式(1)之調整,係將在前述第1平行線圖案之形成區域外的前述第2線狀液體中之溶劑中的沸點為最高之溶劑的接觸角,設為6°以下。 The method for forming a pattern according to claim 13, wherein the adjustment to satisfy the expression (1) is performed in the second linear liquid outside the formation region of the first parallel line pattern. The contact angle of the solvent having the highest boiling point in the solvent is set to 6 or less. 如申請專利範圍第13項所記載之圖案形成方法,其中,作為用以滿足前述式(1)之調整,係使在前述第1平行線圖案之形成區域內的前述第2線狀液體之每單位長度之液體賦予量、和在前述第1平行線圖案之形成區域外的前述第2線狀液體之每單位長度之液體賦予量,此兩者互為相異。 The pattern forming method according to claim 13, wherein the second linear liquid in the formation region of the first parallel line pattern is adjusted to satisfy the adjustment of the above formula (1) The liquid application amount per unit length and the liquid application amount per unit length of the second linear liquid outside the formation region of the first parallel line pattern are different from each other. 如申請專利範圍第13項所記載之圖案形成方法,其中,作為用以滿足前述式(1)之調整,係在形成了前述第1平行線圖案之後,於賦予前述第2線狀液體之前,將包含前述第1平行線圖案之形成區域內的區域作洗淨。 The pattern forming method according to claim 13, wherein the adjustment to satisfy the above formula (1) is performed after the first parallel line pattern is formed, before the second linear liquid is applied. The region in the formation region including the first parallel line pattern is washed. 如申請專利範圍第20項所記載之圖案形成方法,其中,作為前述洗淨,係進行從由加熱所致之洗淨、由電磁波所致之洗淨、由溶劑所致之洗淨、由氣體所致之洗淨以及由電漿所致之洗淨中所選擇的1種或2種以上之組合的洗淨。 The pattern forming method according to claim 20, wherein the cleaning is performed by washing by heating, washing by electromagnetic waves, washing by a solvent, and gas. Washing by one or a combination of two or more selected from the washing and the washing by the plasma. 如申請專利範圍第1項或第2項所記載之圖案形 成方法,其中,在前述線狀液體之乾燥時,係施加促進乾燥之處理。 Such as the pattern shape described in item 1 or 2 of the patent application scope In the method of drying, when the linear liquid is dried, a treatment for promoting drying is applied. 如申請專利範圍第1項或第2項所記載之圖案形成方法,其中,從前述液滴吐出裝置所吐出之前述液體之功能性材料含有率,係為0.01重量%以上1重量%以下之範圍。 The method of forming a pattern according to the first or second aspect of the invention, wherein the content of the functional material of the liquid discharged from the droplet discharge device is 0.01% by weight or more and 1% by weight or less. . 如申請專利範圍第1項或第2項所記載之圖案形成方法,其中,前述功能性材料,係為導電性材料或導電性材料前驅物。 The pattern forming method according to the first or second aspect of the invention, wherein the functional material is a conductive material or a conductive material precursor. 一種附透明導電膜基材,其特徵為:係於基材表面上,具備有包含藉由如申請專利範圍第1~24項中之任一項所記載之圖案形成方法所形成的圖案之透明導電膜。 A transparent conductive film substrate characterized by being provided on a surface of a substrate and having a transparent pattern formed by the pattern forming method according to any one of claims 1 to 24. Conductive film. 一種畫像顯示裝置,其特徵為:係具備有如申請專利範圍第25項所記載之附透明導電膜基材。 An image display device comprising a transparent conductive film substrate as described in claim 25 of the patent application. 一種畫像顯示用電子機器,其特徵為:係具備有如申請專利範圍第26項所記載之畫像顯示裝置。 An image display electronic device characterized by comprising the image display device as described in claim 26 of the patent application.
TW104120663A 2014-06-25 2015-06-25 Pattern forming method, substrate having transparent conductive film, image display device and electronic equipment for image displaying TWI554338B (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (3)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2014130804 2014-06-25
JP2014165035 2014-08-13
JP2015040138 2015-03-02

Publications (2)

Publication Number Publication Date
TW201617140A TW201617140A (en) 2016-05-16
TWI554338B true TWI554338B (en) 2016-10-21

Family

ID=54938281

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
TW104120663A TWI554338B (en) 2014-06-25 2015-06-25 Pattern forming method, substrate having transparent conductive film, image display device and electronic equipment for image displaying

Country Status (5)

Country Link
JP (1) JP6540698B2 (en)
KR (1) KR101779738B1 (en)
CN (1) CN106457297B (en)
TW (1) TWI554338B (en)
WO (1) WO2015199204A1 (en)

Families Citing this family (7)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2016140284A1 (en) * 2015-03-02 2016-09-09 コニカミノルタ株式会社 Pattern formation method, transparent conductive film-equipped substrate, device, and electronic apparatus
JP6406078B2 (en) * 2015-03-14 2018-10-17 コニカミノルタ株式会社 Pattern forming apparatus and pattern forming method
JP6862041B2 (en) * 2016-08-10 2021-04-21 住友重機械工業株式会社 Membrane forming method and film forming apparatus
CN106782748B (en) * 2017-03-03 2018-04-24 东南大学 A kind of method for making nano silver wire flexible transparent conductive film
JP7096656B2 (en) * 2017-09-29 2022-07-06 マクセル株式会社 Coating composition, conductive film, touch panel and manufacturing method
CN108008862B (en) * 2017-12-19 2020-10-23 上海天马微电子有限公司 Touch film layer, touch panel and touch display device thereof
WO2021059324A1 (en) * 2019-09-24 2021-04-01 株式会社Fuji Image processing device, image processing method, and program

Citations (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
TW561106B (en) * 2001-07-04 2003-11-11 Seiko Epson Corp Method and apparatus for manufacturing color filter, liquid crystal display apparatus, electroluminescent substrate, electroluminescent device and film, optical apparatus and its manufacturing method, and electronic machine
TW200800609A (en) * 2006-02-20 2008-01-01 Daicel Chem Porous membrane film and laminate using the same
JP2008033284A (en) * 2006-07-04 2008-02-14 Semiconductor Energy Lab Co Ltd Manufacturing method of display device

Family Cites Families (11)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP4325343B2 (en) 2003-09-25 2009-09-02 セイコーエプソン株式会社 Film forming method and device manufacturing method
JP4096868B2 (en) * 2003-11-25 2008-06-04 セイコーエプソン株式会社 Film forming method, device manufacturing method, and electro-optical device
JP2008176009A (en) * 2007-01-18 2008-07-31 Seiko Epson Corp Pattern formation method
CN102714903B (en) 2009-11-02 2016-08-10 耶路撒冷希伯来大学伊森姆研究发展有限公司 For manufacturing the method for transparent conductive film and realizing the device of transparent conductive film
JP5467957B2 (en) * 2010-07-15 2014-04-09 富士フイルム株式会社 Line drawing method and apparatus
CN103688603B (en) * 2011-07-15 2017-05-03 住友重机械工业株式会社 Thin film forming method and thin film forming apparatus
US9147505B2 (en) * 2011-11-02 2015-09-29 Ut-Battelle, Llc Large area controlled assembly of transparent conductive networks
CN104584142B (en) * 2012-08-20 2018-04-03 柯尼卡美能达株式会社 Pattern of parallel lines comprising conductive material, pattern of parallel lines forming method, the base material with nesa coating, device and electronic equipment
JP6160040B2 (en) 2012-08-20 2017-07-12 コニカミノルタ株式会社 Method for forming parallel line pattern including conductive material and method for forming substrate with transparent conductive film
WO2015111731A1 (en) 2014-01-24 2015-07-30 コニカミノルタ株式会社 Pattern formation method, substrate provided with transparent electroconductive film, device, and electronic instrument
JP6331457B2 (en) * 2014-02-20 2018-05-30 コニカミノルタ株式会社 Coating film forming method, substrate with transparent conductive film, device and electronic device

Patent Citations (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
TW561106B (en) * 2001-07-04 2003-11-11 Seiko Epson Corp Method and apparatus for manufacturing color filter, liquid crystal display apparatus, electroluminescent substrate, electroluminescent device and film, optical apparatus and its manufacturing method, and electronic machine
TW200800609A (en) * 2006-02-20 2008-01-01 Daicel Chem Porous membrane film and laminate using the same
JP2008033284A (en) * 2006-07-04 2008-02-14 Semiconductor Energy Lab Co Ltd Manufacturing method of display device

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
JPWO2015199204A1 (en) 2017-04-20
CN106457297B (en) 2019-11-01
TW201617140A (en) 2016-05-16
JP6540698B2 (en) 2019-07-10
WO2015199204A1 (en) 2015-12-30
CN106457297A (en) 2017-02-22
KR20160147874A (en) 2016-12-23
KR101779738B1 (en) 2017-09-18

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
TWI554338B (en) Pattern forming method, substrate having transparent conductive film, image display device and electronic equipment for image displaying
JP6331457B2 (en) Coating film forming method, substrate with transparent conductive film, device and electronic device
KR101792585B1 (en) Parallel line pattern containing conductive material, parallel line pattern formation method, substrate with transparent conductive film, device and electronic apparatus
JP2014120353A (en) Parallel line pattern forming method, substrate with transparent conductive film attached thereto, device and electronic apparatus
JP6508062B2 (en) Pattern forming method, substrate with transparent conductive film, device and electronic device
JP6515928B2 (en) Method of forming mesh-like functional pattern, mesh-like functional pattern and functional substrate
KR101853193B1 (en) Method of forming functional thin line pattern precursor, method of forming functional thin line pattern, method of forming transparent electroconductive film, method for manufacturing device and method for manufacturing electronic apparatus, and functional thin line pattern, substrate with transparent electroconductive film, device and electronic apparatus
JP6572904B2 (en) Pattern, patterned substrate and touch panel
JP2015133574A (en) Interdigital electrode, formation method of interdigital electrode, and device using interdigital electrode
KR102003625B1 (en) A pattern forming method, a substrate provided with a transparent conductive film, a device and an electronic device
JP6620758B2 (en) Functional pattern, substrate with functional pattern, and method for forming functional pattern
WO2016148036A1 (en) Conductive pattern, conductive pattern manufacturing method, touch panel, and liquid crystal display device
JP6406078B2 (en) Pattern forming apparatus and pattern forming method
JP7331870B2 (en) Method for forming functional thin line pattern precursor and method for forming functional thin line pattern
JP6658800B2 (en) Functional fine wire pattern, substrate with transparent conductive film, device and electronic equipment
JP6418210B2 (en) Parallel line pattern forming method, substrate with transparent conductive film, device and electronic apparatus